Big Flavors from a Tiny Kitchen

menu icon
go to homepage
  • Recipes
  • About
  • Events
  • Contact
  • Subscribe
    • Facebook
    • Instagram
    • Pinterest
  • subscribe
    search icon
    Homepage link
    • Recipes
    • About
    • Events
    • Contact
    • Subscribe
    • Facebook
    • Instagram
    • Pinterest
  • ×
    Home » Recipes

    Grandma's Classic Cut Out Christmas Sugar Cookie Recipe

    December 19, 2022 by Ashley 12 Comments

    Cooling rack of decorated cut out sugar cookies.

    My grandma's classic roll-out cookie recipe makes deliciously soft cookies that hold their shape well for decorating. A Christmas tradition!

    Cooling rack of decorated cut out sugar cookies.

    No holiday baking session is complete without a signature cookie. And when it comes to Christmas cookies, this cut out cookie recipe is the one that comes to mind.

    Sure, my Italian ricotta cookies are a great tradition for the winter holidays. But if I'm thinking about my childhood favorite, these rolled-out sugar cookies reign supreme.

    My grandma Helen used to bake these cookies every year for Christmas and would give boxes of them to all of my aunts, uncles, and cousins.

    I loved helping her in out in her (also tiny, now that I think about it!) kitchen in Leo, Indiana. As an adult, I've been making these cookies for all sorts of holidays - Christmas, Easter, Valentine's Day, Halloween, and more!

    I've got lots of tips and tricks for cookie baking success in the post below. Grab your favorite cookie cutters and let's get baking!

    Jump To:

    • 🧡 Why we love this recipe
    • 📝 Ingredients
    • 🔎 Ingredient spotlight: cream of tartar
    • 🎬 Video tutorial
    • ✅ How to make this recipe
    • 📌 Tips
    • 🥣 How to decorate sugar cookies
    • 🔪 Equipment
    • 🥡 Storage recommendations
    • 📖 Recipe

    🧡 Why we love this recipe

    • They're a true classic cookie, perfect for any occasion.
    • You can re-roll the scraps of dough after cutting out your cookies, eliminating any food waste.
    • These cookies are soft and tender and hold their shape very well!
    • The icing is simple to put together and absolutely delicious.
    • Cut out cookies are great for cookie decorating parties, and kids have a blast helping to make and decorate them.
    • Let's face it, grandma's recipes are always the best! In addition to these cookies, my grandma made some fabulous devilied eggs, Dutch apple pie, and my grandpa made the best beef stew.
    Ingredients ready to make cut out sugar cookies.

    📝 Ingredients

    Here's everything you need to make my grandma's cookie recipe (see recipe card below for ingredient amounts and full directions):

    • Unsalted butter - this goes both into the cookie dough and the icing. It needs to be softened, so you'll need to plan ahead just a bit.
    • Granulated sugar
    • Vanilla extract
    • Eggs
    • All-purpose flour
    • Cream of tartar
    • Baking soda
    • Fine-grain salt
    • Powdered sugar
    • Milk
    • Food coloring
    • Sprinkles (optional, but encouraged!)
    Pouring sugar into a bowl with softened butter.
    Adding eggs to a bowl while making cookie dough.
    Electric mixer making cookie dough.

    🔎 Ingredient Spotlight: Cream of Tartar

    This recipe uses cream of tartar which can be found in your grocery store located in the baking aisle.

    Cream of tartar is one of those ingredients that tends to confuse people. The name doesn't sound like something you'd necessarily find in baked goods.

    There are several recipes that I make that rely on cream of tartar as an ingredient (like my grandma's cut out Christmas cookies, double chocolate chip cookies with vanilla icing, classic snickerdoodle cookies, cranberry orange snickerdoodles, or chai spiced snickerdoodle cookies).

    You can also use cream of tartar to turn baking soda into baking powder. This can come in handy if you find yourself without any baking powder on hand.

    If you have baking soda and cream of tartar, simply mix them together at a ratio of 2 parts cream of tartar to 1 part baking soda (and optionally, add 1 part cornstarch). This will make an acceptable substitute for standard double-acting baking powder in most cases.

    Adding cream of tartar to a bowl of sugar cookie ingredients.
    Electric hand mixer combining ingredients for cookie dough.

    You can find more information about cream of tartar in this ingredient guide from Simply Recipes.

    ✅ How to make this recipe

    These roll out cookies come together really easily. You'll need to plan ahead a bit when making them since there's some chilling time for the dough and cooling time for the cookies before you decorate them.

    1. Cream together softened butter, sugar, and vanilla in a large bowl with an electric mixer.
    2. Add eggs and beat until light and fluffy.
    3. Add the dry ingredients and beat until combined.
    4. Divide the dough in half and refrigerate for an hour (you can shortcut this a bit by using the freezer - see tips below).
    5. Roll out the cookie dough on a well-floured surface. Cut with your favorite festive cookie cutters. You can also use a glass, turned upside-down, for round cookies.
    6. Bake at 375°F for 8 minutes, then transfer to wire racks to cool.
    7. Mix the icing ingredients together in a large bowl, then divide into smaller bowls and tint with food coloring.
    8. Decorate the cooled cookies with icing and sprinkles as desired.

    See recipe card below for full instructions.

    Cookie dough coming together in a bowl with an electric mixer.
    Holding a beater from an electric mixer in front of a bowl of cookie dough.

    📌 Tips

    Here are a few tips that will help you have success when baking this chewy sugar cookie recipe.

    • Roll your cookie dough to an even thickness. I usually go around ⅛-inch thick. Even thickness means that they'll all bake at the same rate.
    • Be sure to chill your cookie dough. You should let it chill in the refrigerator for an hour or longer for the best results. I'll be the first to admit that I get a little impatient waiting for cookie dough to chill, so I will say that you can absolutely shortcut this process a bit. I like to divide my dough in half, put them in containers with lids. Put one container in the fridge and one in the freezer. Instead of waiting an hour, I'll wait just 30 minutes (and clean up the dough-making mess), preheat the oven, and then start rolling out the dough that was in the freezer. By the time you've rolled, cut, and baked those cookies, the refrigerated dough will be chilled plenty. You can read more about the benefits of (and the science behind!) chilling cookie dough in this article from King Arthur Baking.
    Sprinkling flour onto sugar cookie dough to roll out.
    Removing excess cookie dough from cut out star shapes.
    Metal spatula scooping up star-shaped sugar cookie dough.

    • Keep sprinkling flour onto your work surface, rolling pin, and cookie dough while you're rolling it out to help keep it from sticking.
    • Use a thin metal spatula to help transfer your cut out cookie dough shapes from your work surface to the baking sheet.
    • Let your cookies fully cool before icing. If they're still warm, the icing will melt off.
    • Use a fork when making the icing. I find it really helps to mix the ingredients together more easily to use the tines to smash the softened butter and mix it all together.
    • If your icing is too thick, add a splash of milk and stir it in to thin it out a bit.
    • If your icing is too thin, add more powdered sugar and stir it in.
    • Let your decorated cookies sit until the icing has hardened before storing them in airtight containers.
    Metal spatula lifting a star-shaped sugar cookie off of a baking sheet.
    Christmas shaped cut out sugar cookies on a cooling rack.

    🥣 How to decorate sugar cookies

    For these cut out sugar cookies, I like to keep the decorating fairly simple and approachable. This makes the process less intimidating and it's fun for kids and grown-ups alike.

    If you're looking to get into some more complex decorating, Wilton has a royal icing video tutorial, and Sally's Baking Addiction has some fun options that involve piping bags and piping tips.

    Icing ingredients on a cutting board with cut out sugar cookies on a cooling rack to the side.

    I like to keep it pretty simple and have a few bowls of colored icing on the table. There are a few different ways to color your icing - I most often use liquid food coloring or gel food coloring.

    Liquid food coloring can sometimes thin your icing out, depending on how much you use. More drops = more vibrant color.

    I find this especially impacts red food coloring, as you'll need a lot of it in order to get a deep red, not pink.

    Adding food coloring to bowls of white icing.
    Mixing green food coloring into a bowl of icing.
    Mixing bowls of green, yellow, blue, and red icing.

    Gel food coloring is more pigmented and doesn't thin out the icing consistency as much as the liquid-style. There is also powdered food coloring pigment that I haven't personally worked with, but I've heard great things about it.

    In addition to icing, an assortment of sprinkles is always fun. I like to include a mix of multi-colored and single-colored options, as well as different shapes/sizes of sprinkles, and sanding sugar.

    Have lots of little utensils handy for decorating! We like using demitasse spoons, small butter knives, and toothpicks (or even cocktail picks) for tiny details.

    Holiday baking is all about having fun. In my experience, you need to let go of any perfectionist tendencies and just enjoy the process.

    This is especially true if you're decorating with kids. We want this to be laid back and fun, right?

    Icing a Christmas tree-shaped sugar cookie.
    Adding sprinkles to a green iced Christmas tree-shaped cookie.
    Holding a Christmas tree-shaped decorated sugar cookie.

    🔪 Equipment

    You don't need a lot of fancy equipment to make this recipe, but a few things do come in very handy.

    • Measuring cups and measuring spoons
    • Mixing bowls
    • A handheld electric mixer or a stand mixer to really cream the ingredients together.
    • Silicone spatula - for scraping the sides of the mixing bowls.
    • Rolling pin - if you don't have one, you can use a tall glass or even a wine bottle.
    • Cookie cutters - you can use holiday-specific ones, or simply turn a glass or mug upside-down and use that to cut circular cookie shapes out of your dough.
    Assortment of holiday cookie cutters on a cutting board.

    • Baking sheets
    • Thin metal spatula - for gently transferring cookies from the baking sheets to cool.
    • Wire cooling racks - for helping the air circulate around your cookies while they cool. I bought a collapsible cooling rack recently and have been LOVING it. It saves counter space while cooling multiple batches of items and collapses nice and small for storage when it's not in use.
    Cooling rack of decorated cut out sugar cookies.

    🥡 Storage recommendations

    Once the decorated cookies are fully cooled and the icing has set, store them in an airtight container on the counter. They'll keep for quite a few days.

    If you're stacking layers of decorated cookies and you want to preserve the designs, place a layer of parchment paper or wax paper in between each layer of cookies to help protect them.

    These are great to give to friends, family, and neighbors as gifts. There are lots of great cookie tin options out there. You can find them in many grocery stores, dollar stores, and online.

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Container of ricotta cookies with tissue paper.
    Ricotta Cookies - A Family Favorite Italian Holiday Dessert Recipe
    Plate of peppermint hot chocolate cookies with glasses of milk, marshmallows, and peppermints alongside.
    Peppermint Hot Chocolate Cookies
    Assorted bowls full of Puppy Chow (AKA Muddy Buddies).
    Puppy Chow (AKA Muddy Buddies)
    This epic holiday cookie recipe roundup contains over 125 favorite Christmas and holiday cookie recipes across 7 different categories to make your holiday baking and cookie swap parties so much easier!
    Holiday Cookie Recipe Roundup - Over 125 Favorites in one Epic List!

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Baked Rigatoni with Spinach: Cheesy Italian Pasta Bake Casserole

    November 30, 2022 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Baked rigatoni pasta casserole with Parmesan and a salad on the side.

    This vegetarian pasta bake with spinach and cheese is one of our favorite comfort food meals. A meatless casserole with Italian flair!

    Baked rigatoni pasta casserole with Parmesan and a salad on the side.

    I've been making this vegetarian rigatoni baked pasta casserole recipe for many, many years now. It smells amazing while it's cooking, and is pure comfort food.

    I often serve this with a salad and either my favorite garlic bread or this skillet garlic Parmesan bread to go alongside.

    Jump To:

    • 🧡 Why we love this recipe
    • 📝 Ingredients
    • ✅ How to make this recipe
    • 💡 Tips and serving suggestions
    • 🔪 Equipment
    • 📖 Recipe

    🧡 Why we love this recipe

    • It makes a LOT of food and tastes great as leftovers.
    • This recipe uses simple ingredients that always go over well, even with picky eaters.
    • The pasta mixture can be frozen and baked later on.
    • Let's be honest - you get a great cheese pull when you go to serve it up. And who can resist that??
    Spoon pulling a serving of baked rigatoni out of a casserole dish.
    Spoon pulling a serving of baked rigatoni out of a casserole dish.

    📝 Ingredients

    Here's everything you need to make this delicious rigatoni bake (see recipe card below for ingredient amounts and full directions):

    • Olive oil
    • Onion - I usually use yellow, but you can use whatever color you have on hand
    • Garlic
    • Canned crushed tomatoes - you can use ones that have garlic and/or herbs already in them for an extra flavor boost!
    • Dried oregano
    • Rigatoni - this is our favorite shape for this pasta bake, but feel free to swap out another tube-shaped pasta such as ziti or penne
    • Kosher salt - we'll use this to season the pasta water as well as the ingredients as they cook
    • Tofu - this is the surprise ingredient here! Blending a block of tofu and mixing it into the filling gives you the texture of ricotta cheese with a nice boost of protein. And it doesn't taste like tofu.
    • Freshly cracked black pepper
    • Freshly grated nutmeg - you can also use a pinch of ground nutmeg if you don't have whole
    • Frozen spinach
    • Fresh mozzarella
    • Parmesan cheese
    • Fresh basil or parsley - optional, for garnish

    ✅ How to make this recipe

    There are a few components that come into play when assembling this vegetarian baked rigatoni recipe. They'll all come together in one big, beautiful casserole dish.

    1. Boil the pasta until it's just al dente.
    2. Sauté the onions and garlic with crushed tomatoes and seasonings and let simmer.
    3. Purée the tofu in a blender or food processor along with an egg, nutmeg, salt, and pepper.
    4. Stir together the cooked pasta, most of the tomato sauce, the tofu mixture, drained spinach, cubed mozzarella, and grated Parmesan and spread it into a 13x9-inch baking dish.
    5. Top with remaining tomato sauce, sliced mozzarella, more grated Parmesan, and a drizzle of olive oil.
    6. Bake at 350°F until golden and bubbly, then let sit for 10 minutes or so before garnishing with fresh herbs and diving in!

    See recipe card below for full instructions.

    Baked rigatoni pasta casserole with Parmesan and a salad on the side.

    💡 Tips and serving suggestions

    • Be sure to cook your pasta just to al dente. Err on the side of a little less cooked than a little more cooked. It will be in the oven for a bit, so it will continue to cook a bit. Overcooked pasta will result in a mushy casserole texture.
    • Let the pasta bake sit for 10 minutes or so before diving in. This will help things cool down a bit and it'll hold together a bit better when you go to scoop it.
    • Place a large baking sheet underneath your baking dish. It should stay clean, but juuuuust in case, it'll be there to catch any spills, preventing cheese and sauce from overflowing and burning underneath your oven rack. I tend to do this with muffin tins, pies, and more. I'd rather have to clean a little bit off of a sheet pan than my oven.
    • If you're making my favorite garlic bread (or garlic parmesan bread) to go alongside, you can use the same sheet pan that you had underneath your baking dish to cook the bread while the pasta cools a bit.
    • Fresh basil makes a wonderful garnish for this baked rigatoni! Wait until right before serving and tear or cut it and scatter it on top. If you pre-cut your basil it often turns brown, so I like to save this step for the last moment.
    • If you're a strict vegetarian, be sure to check your Parmesan cheese, as it is often made with animal rennet. There are brands that make vegetarian-friendly Parmesan, such as this vegetarian Parmesan from BelGioso. You can also omit the Parmesan, or use a few tablespoons of nutritional yeast to get a similar nutty flavor.
    • Casseroles like this freeze and reheat well. There are some great tips on freezing and reheating casseroles in this article on Southern Living.
    Overhead view of a plate of baked rigatoni casserole with spinach and a salad.

    🔪 Equipment

    • Pasta pot
    • Blender or food processor
    • 13×9-inch baking dish
    • Baking sheet
    • Box grater
    • Microplane

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Skillet lasagna being scooped out of a pan.
    Skillet Lasagna with Lamb, Ricotta + Mint
    Overhead view of dishes of Instant Pot Tomato Beef Pasta with serving dishes with Parmesan cheese in the background.
    Instant Pot Tomato Beef Pasta
    Balsamic Roasted Grape Tomatoes Over Angel Hair.
    Balsamic Roasted Grape Tomatoes Over Angel Hair
    Fork twirling pasta in a bowl of Shrimp + Scallop Linguine with Lemon Caper Butter
    Shrimp + Scallop Linguine with Lemon Caper Butter

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Thanksgiving Central: Recipes, tips, + more for your holiday table

    November 20, 2022 by Ashley 6 Comments

    Collage of Thanksgiving recipe images with text that reads, "Thanksgiving Central: Recipes, tips, + more for your holiday table".

    Thanksgiving prep doesn't have to be stressful! Grab our favorite Turkey Day recipes, tips, and more all in one spot.

    Collage of Thanksgiving recipe images with text that reads, "Thanksgiving Central".

    Thanksgiving is a busy time for many families. Prep work, hosting duties, and recipe selection can feel daunting. This page is here to help you out!

    Pick a section from the list below, or just dive on in at the beginning. My goal is for this page to be a go-to resource for all things Thanksgiving.

    There are plenty of recipes, tips, and ideas to help you in your holiday preparations.

    Enjoy, and Happy Thanksgiving!

    Jump To:

    • 🧀 Favorite Thanksgiving Appetizers
    • 🍽 Festive Thanksgiving Side Dishes
    • 🦃 The Main Event: All Things Turkey
    • 🥧 Satisfying Thanksgiving Desserts
    • 🥂 Beverage Recommendations
    • 📝 Tips for Thanksgiving Prep
    • 💡 Ideas for Leftovers

    🧀 Favorite Thanksgiving Appetizers

    Starters are great to serve on Thanksgiving as they can give guests something to munch on while dinner prep is still underway.

    Below are some of our favorite Turkey Day appetizers. It's a mix of things I grew up with in the Midwest and some Italian dishes that I started making when I married into an Italian family.

    I've also included a delicious fall soup recipe here, as some families like to kick the meal off with a soup course.

    Deviled eggs on a serving platter.

    No Mayo Deviled Eggs

    This easy-to-make, classic deviled egg recipe is a bite-sized party appetizer favorite! Made with pantry staples - no mayo needed!

    Make this recipe
    Cheese and charcuterie assortment.

    Gorgonzola Fruit Torta

    Gorgonzola & cream cheese are layered with fresh herbs, dried fruit, & toasted nuts upgrading any festive cheese board or appetizer spread.

    Make this recipe
    Stuffed mushrooms on a platter with a plate to the side.

    Settino's Italian Stuffed Mushrooms

    My Italian father-in-law made the BEST stuffed mushrooms! This is his recipe for the best bite-sized appetizer - perfect for holiday entertaining!

    Make this recipe
    Tray of goat cheese stuffed peppadew peppers.

    Garlicky Goat Cheese + Herb Stuffed Peppadews

    Sweet and a little spicy, these addictive stuffed peppers are the perfect accompaniment to any appetizer spread!

    Make this recipe
    Bowls of curried pumpkin soup garnished with cilantro.

    Curried Pumpkin Soup

    Fragrant curry powder adds a warm spice to this silky smooth pumpkin soup recipe that is easy enough for a weeknight and elegant enough for entertaining!

    Make this recipe
    Shrimp cocktail in a chilled glass.

    Killer Shrimp Cocktail

    A flavorful shrimp boil and homemade cocktail sauce bring this Beetlejuice-inspired appetizer to life! Perfect for dinner parties and holiday festivities!

    Make this recipe
    Spinach balls with grainy mustard for dipping.

    Lindrusso's Spinach Balls

    Serve these bite-sized spinach and parmesan morsels with your favorite mustard for a tangy appetizer offering!

    Make this recipe
    Italian bruschetta on a serving platter.

    Settino's Italian Bruschetta: A Family Favorite Appetizer

    My family's favorite bruschetta recipe, just the way my Italian father-in-law taught me to make it! This quick & easy appetizer recipe is always a hit!

    Make this recipe
    Platter of cheesy bacon and apple stuffed croissants.

    Cheesy Bacon + Apple Croissants

    Bacon jam adds smokiness to this sweet-and-salty 5 ingredient appetizer recipe. An easy apple-studded hors d'oeuvre that will be a hit at any fall party!

    Make this recipe
    Bowl full of mini sweet and sour meatballs.

    Sweet and Sour Meatballs

    This recipe is a combination of several similar recipes that various friends and family members have been using for years. The ingredients sound weird together, but trust me - these will disappear at your next gathering! Yum!

    Make this recipe
    Platter of prosciutto and brie corostini with dried apricots.

    Prosciutto & Brie Crostini with Dried Apricots

    France meets Italy in this simple prosciutto & brie crostini recipe that packs a flavorful, sweet-and-salty punch. With only a handful of ingredients, they're perfect party bites for entertaining that are easy enough to make last minute. Plus tips for building your own stellar crostini!

    Make this recipe
    Baked brie wrapped in puff pastry.

    Baked Brie with Damson Plum Jam & Pecans

    Wrapping brie in puff pastry and topping it with your favorite jam and some chopped nuts is an easy, delicious baked starter. This would be a delicious way to use cranberry sauce, too!

    Make this recipe
    Roundup post powered by Tasty Roundups


    🍽 Festive Thanksgiving Side Dishes

    One of the best parts about Thanksgiving dinner is the assortment of side dishes! You can make as few or as many as you'd like to round out your meal.

    For my family, mashed potatoes are an absolute MUST, along with homemade cranberry sauce. I like making both of those dishes in the Instant Pot in advance to save oven and stovetop space on Thanksgiving day.

    Serving dish full of mashed potatoes with parsley on top for garnish.

    Instant Pot Mashed Potatoes

    Super creamy, fluffy mashed potatoes are easy to make in a fraction of the time thanks to the Instant Pot. Includes a LIVE VIDEO recipe demo.

    Make this recipe
    Roasted honeynut squash with burrata, pomegranate arils, and pepitas on top.

    Roasted Honeynut Squash with Burrata, Pomegranate + Pepitas

    This roasted honeynut squash + burrata recipe is easy enough for a weeknight and elegant enough for your holiday table. A perfect, colorful side dish!

    Make this recipe
    Cast iron skillet filled with green bean casserole.

    Best Ever Green Bean Casserole

    This year, I decided to defy Thanksgiving tradition by making a green bean casserole that did not include cream of anything soup. I usually try to avoid using that in meals, but I always made an exception for Thanksgiving. But no more - because this version was wonderful!

    Make this recipe
    Roasted carrots in a dish topped with fresh parsley.

    Honey Balsamic Roasted Carrots

    This sweet-and-tangy side dish is super easy to put together and adds a nice pop of color to your dinner table!

    Make this recipe
    Cranberry sauce garnished with curled orange zest.

    Instant Pot Spiced Cranberry Sauce with Bourbon

    This (optionally) boozy cranberry sauce can be made several days in advance and is the perfect addition to any holiday meal! Stovetop variation included.

    Make this recipe
    Bowl of garlic mashed potatoes with butter on top.

    Roasted Garlic Mashed Potatoes

    Need a healthier Thanksgiving side dish that doesn't skimp on flavor? This one is rich & creamy thanks to Greek yogurt - it packs in flavor without added fat!

    Make this recipe
    Serving bowl full of garlicky broccoli rabe.

    Garlicky Broccoli Rabe

    Broccoli rabe (also known as rapini) is a bitter green vegetable that is easily transformed into a family favorite Italian side dish with a few ingredients.

    Make this recipe
    Plate of maple-balsamic roasted carnival squash.

    Maple-Balsamic Roasted Carnival Squash

    Wedges of squash are tossed with a sweet-and-tangy vinaigrette and roasted till tender.

    Make this recipe
    Roasted delicata squash on a plate with a whole squash in the background.

    Sweet and Spicy Baked Delicata Squash

    A few ingredients and a little time in the oven make for a simple and delicious way to use this creamy, dreamy winter squash.

    Make this recipe

    Thanksgiving Classic Green Bean Casserole

    This classic green bean casserole recipe is a staple from my childhood Thanksgiving dinners in the Midwest. Using fresh green beans makes it even better!

    Make this recipe
    Bowls of cranberry sauce garnished with orange twists.

    Bourbon-Orange Cranberry Sauce

    This boozy side dish can be prepared several days in advance and is the perfect accompaniment to any holiday meal!

    Make this recipe
    Serving dish with cumin-roasted carrots inside.

    Caramelized Cumin-Roasted Carrots

    Aromatic cumin seeds add Indian flair to this simple side dish.

    Make this recipe

    Sweet Corn Muffins

    Sweet corn muffins are a tender, delicious treat that are great for breakfast, snack time, or dessert. Great for baking with kids!

    Make this recipe
    Stuffed artichokes ready to be cooked.

    Grandma Suraci's Stuffed Artichokes

    A recipe inspired by my husband's Italian grandmother. This was a staple at their family's holiday table!

    Make this recipe
    Yams on a plate of Thanksgiving food.

    Yams

    This is the yam recipe that my mom makes using canned yams. It's decadent and delicious and VERY easy.

    Make this recipe
    Roasted asparagus and tomatoes topped with toasted sunflower seeds.

    Rosemary Roasted Asparagus + Tomatoes with Toasted Sunflower Seeds

    Tossing veggies with your favorite vinaigrette, roasting and topping them with toasted seeds makes a quick and delicious side dish!

    Make this recipe
    Sheet pan with roasted squash, broccolini, peppers, and tomatoes.

    Roasted Butternut Squash & Broccolini with Truffle Salt

    This dish has it all - creamy, caramelized butternut squash, slightly crispy broccolini, sweet baby bell peppers, tangy white wine vinegar and juuuust enough garlic. Plus a touch of truffle salt. Woah.

    Make this recipe
    Butternut squash casserole in a baking dish.

    Butternut Squash Casserole

    My mom has been making this for years! The squash is nice and smooth, and the crunchy topping is perfect. This packs a lot of flavor and makes a ton!

    Make this recipe
    Roundup post powered by Tasty Roundups


    🦃 The Main Event: All Things Turkey

    For many people, turkey is the star of the Thanksgiving show. Be sure to give your turkey time to thaw if you purchase one that's frozen.

    Our go-to method is to spatchcock (cut the backbone out and butterfly) our thawed turkey, rub it with a dry brine seasoning blend, and let it sit in the refrigerator for 4 days before roasting.

    This means that Monday is the heavy prep day for our turkey, and we can spend other days that week prepping our accompaniments.

    Here are our favorite recipes for a beautifully juicy, roasted turkey and delicious homemade gravy.

    Bowl and spoon holding dry brine seasoning blend for turkey.

    Dry Brine Seasoning Blend for Turkey and Chicken

    Dry brining poultry isn't just for Thanksgiving! This flavorful seasoning mix brings big flavor and crispy skin to both turkey and chicken.

    Make this recipe

    Spatchcocked Roasted Turkey with Homemade Dry Brine

    Spatchcocking a turkey drastically reduces the cook time of your holiday meal + helps the white & dark meat both stay juicy while cooking!

    Make this recipe
    Pouring gravy onto mashed potatoes.

    Our Favorite Turkey Gravy

    Save the backbone and giblets from your Thanksgiving turkey to make this rich, flavorful gravy recipe. It's a family favorite holiday staple!

    Make this recipe
    Roundup post powered by Tasty Roundups


    🥧 Satisfying Thanksgiving Desserts

    Whether you're gathering with a large or small group for Thanksgiving, it's hard to deny the power of a good dessert spread. Pumpkin and apple are classics, but there are lots of options that are fitting for a holiday feast.

    Storebought pie crust can be a huge time saver when you're doing holiday baking. You can also make your own pie crusts and freeze them in advance, to lessen the amount of work you need to do during the holiday week.

    Plates of Dutch apple pie with vanilla ice cream on top.

    Classic Dutch Apple Pie

    This easy homemade deep-dish Dutch apple pie recipe has been the star of my family's holiday gatherings for generations. Truly a classic, favorite dessert.

    Make this recipe
    Pumpkin pie with a slice on a plate.

    Perfect Pumpkin Pie

    This classic pumpkin pie is super easy to put together and it will not disappoint!

    Make this recipe
    3 plates with slices of triple chocolate pumpkin pie.

    Triple-Chocolate Pumpkin Pie

    Graham cracker crust is slathered with a layer of bittersweet chocolate that's hidden beneath a pumpkin & semi-sweet chocolate filling.

    Make this recipe
    Two plates with slices of Italian cream cheese and ricotta cheesecake.

    Italian Cream Cheese and Ricotta Cheesecake

    This super rich, creamy, tangy, no frills, crustless Italian-style cheesecake is easier than you'd think to prepare at home! It's always a HUGE hit with everyone at the table. Perfect for holiday desserts, dinner parties, and celebratory meals.

    Make this recipe
    Plates with slices of bourbon bacon pecan pie.

    Bourbon Bacon Pecan Pie with a Whole Wheat Crust

    The bacon isn't super noticeable here, but it adds a nice bit of saltiness to the sweet filling. The perfume of bourbon is definitely something I could get used to in my after-dinner treats.

    Make this recipe
    Plates with slices of chocolate cream pie with orange zested whipped cream.

    Chocolate Cream Pie with Orange Zested Whipped Cream

    This was a big hit with my family! The orange flavor really comes through in the whipped cream, and the chocolate is rich and decadent.

    Make this recipe

    Butterscotch Haystacks

    Butterscotch haystacks are an easy 4 ingredient no-bake dessert that come together in under 10 minutes and always disappear at parties!

    Make this recipe
    Roundup post powered by Tasty Roundups


    🥂 Beverage Recommendations

    We love a nice glass of wine or prosecco with our holiday meals. If you're feelin' fancy, why not try one of these fun, festive cocktails?

    The spiced mulled wine is particularly nice for the holidays because you can leave it warming in a slow cooker or Instant Pot so it's hot and ready whenever your guests would like a drink.

    Glasses of spiced mulled wine with orange slices.

    Spiced Mulled Wine

    Make this easy spiced mulled wine recipe on the stovetop, in a slow cooker, or Instant Pot for the ultimate cozy spiked winter beverage.

    Make this recipe
    Flutes of prosecco with hibiscus flowers in syrup.

    Prosecco with Hibiscus Flowers

    Dress up your bubbly with jarred hibiscus flowers in syrup for an elegant beverage upgrade!

    Make this recipe
    Bloody Mary glasses garnished with skewers of antipasto ingredients.

    Antipasto Bloody Mary

    If your holiday festivities are starting early, why not have a snack and a drink wrapped into one?

    Make this recipe
    Overhead view of a bourbon cocktail garnished with a lemon twist.

    Bourbon Rouge

    Bourbon and vanilla bean syrup make a great match, and this cocktail offers a great way to enjoy bourbon's sweeter side!

    Make this recipe
    Two Chile Libre cocktails garnished with lime wedges.

    Chile Libre

    This classic cocktail gets a spicy kick from chile-infused rum.

    Make this recipe
    Old fashioned cocktail in a glass with a maraschino cherry.

    DM Old Fashioned

    A classic cockatil featuring homemade blood orange bitters.

    Make this recipe
    Espresso martinis garnished with lemon twists.

    DM Espresso Martini

    Coffee-infused vodka is the star of the show in this elegant martini recipe.

    Make this recipe
    Glass of mulled wine with an orange slice on top.

    Wine-Beyond-the-Wall (or, Wine-ter is Coming)

    This Game of Thrones-inspired mulled wine is deeply comforting and can be enjoyed warm or at room temperature.

    Make this recipe
    Hot chocolate mix containers along with a mug of brewed hot cocoa.

    Uncle Tom's Cabin Moon Gulch Hot Chocolate Mix

    Grab your favorite mug and cozy up to this homemade hot cocoa mix! This recipe makes a large batch - have a jar handy and all you need to add is hot water!

    Make this recipe
    Holding a mug of hot chocolate with chocolate shavings on top.

    Hot Hot Hot Chocolate

    Keep warm with some seriously delicious grown-up hot chocolate, spiked with spicy chile rum!

    Make this recipe
    Roundup post powered by Tasty Roundups


    📝 Tips for Thanksgiving Prep

    Earlier in the week...

    1. Gather your cookware & serving dishes in advance. Gather the recipes you plan to make for Thanksgiving dinner and make a note of which cookware and serving dishes you'll require for each one. It can be helpful to put a post-it note inside each dish, noting what it will be used for (mashed potatoes, cranberry sauce, etc.). Go ahead and get the serving utensils out as well, and stick them in their corresponding dishes.
    2. Figure out what you can prep in advance. Any recipes you can fully cook ahead of time will make things easier on Thanksgiving day. Things like cranberry sauce, many pies, or anything that's served chilled make good candidates to knock out early. If the whole dish can't be done in advance, maybe parts of it can be, like prepping, chopping, or measuring out ingredients.
    3. Make a timeline and add some buffer time. Review the recipes you're planning to prepare and note how long each will take. Figure out what time you want to serve your holiday meal and work backward from there. Plan in an extra 45-60 minutes in case things don't go quite to plan.
    4. Utilize your freezer. Along with prepping in advance, many things can be frozen and thawed/reheated for Thanksgiving dinner. Cranberry sauce, turkey stock, gravy, and mashed potatoes are all good candidates for the freezer.
    5. Accept help! Don't think that you have to take every single part of the meal all by yourself. If someone offers to bring something, let them! And don't be afraid to ask for what you need. "Can you bring dinner rolls?", "It would be a big help if you could bring 2 bottles of wine", or "I'd love it if you could bring a vegetable side dish" are all great ways of asking people for help. And if there aren't people to help out, consider buying some (or all!) of your Thanksgiving dinner components. Local stores, restaurants, and bakeries have lots of wonderful options to help round out your meal.
    6. Set your table on Wednesday. If you're hosting, don't wait until the last minute to set your holiday table. If you happen to be running behind with cooking, you don't want to be scrambling to get all of the dishes in their place. Consider using fancy disposable dinnerware so you don't have to worry about doing dishes all night.
    7. Have containers ready for leftovers. Whether it's food storage containers, aluminum muffin tins, food prep containers, or reusable bags, having something on hand to hold your leftovers is important. Whether it's for your own leftovers or for guests to take leftovers to-go, clean containers will come in very handy. I even sometimes place a mix of leftovers in casserole dishes to send home with people who brought food in them.

    The day of...

    1. Group like dishes together. If you have multiple casseroles or veggie dishes that cook at the same temperature, cook them at the same time to maximize oven space and minimize time spent juggling.
    2. Keep things warm. If you have items that are already cooked that need to stay warm until dinner time, there are several options for keeping them warm. If your oven is free, you can place it on the "keep warm" setting (or the lowest temperature your oven can be set to, around 200°F) and let dishes hold at that temperature until you're ready to serve. You can make items in your Instant Pot or slow cooker (or transfer them to one of those appliances) and let them sit on "keep warm" also. And if you're doing a buffet-style serving area, you could always use chafing dishes or a disposable buffet set.
    3. Enjoy yourself! Things can (and will!) go wrong, but try not to let it dampen the festivities too much. Thanksgiving is all about spending time with your loved ones and being thankful for things in your life. Burnt stuffing isn't the end of the world, and being able to laugh about it instead of stressing out over it can save your sanity.

    Puff pastry helps you make the most of your holiday leftovers with these easy bite-sized turkey pot pies. Perfect for Thanksgiving, Christmas or Easter!

    💡 Ideas for Leftovers

    Leftovers are one of my favorite parts of the whole Thanksgiving experience! While my family enjoys reheating a plate of assorted leftovers, there are also ways to repurpose items that you have left after the big day.

    When reheating things that could dry out like turkey or stuffing, splash them with some stock (turkey, chicken, or vegetable) or even water before reheating in the microwave to help keep them from drying out. I tend to do this even if I'm adding gravy on top.

    Here are some other things to consider doing with your Thanksgiving leftovers:

    • Mini Turkey Pot Pies with Puff Pastry (pictured above) - Puff pastry helps you make the most of your holiday leftovers with these easy bite-sized turkey pot pies. You can also make a standard-sized pot pie by using 2 pie crusts.
    • Make savory stuffing waffles - spray a waffle iron with oil or cooking spray (check the instructions on your model to see if it needs to be sprayed - some have a coating that doesn't require this) and plop some stuffing down instead of waffle batter. Press and cook until golden brown. These are great topped with turkey, gravy, and cranberry sauce, or just served on the side of another meal.
    • Turkey Salad Tea Sandwiches with Dried Cherries - Dried sour cherries add a pop of sweet-tart flavor to the filling in this simple yet elegant tea sandwich recipe. A great way to use leftover cooked turkey!
    • Use various leftover bits of meat and veggies as the filling for a quiche or frittata. The recipes linked can give you guidelines for how much of the base ingredients (eggs, milk, etc.) to use.
    • Shred cooked turkey and heat it in a skillet with taco seasoning to make a filling for tacos, quesadillas, enchiladas, or a topping for nachos.
    • Thanksgiving sandwiches are always a good idea! Layer up any of your toppings on your bread of choice. We like mixing some of the leftover cranberry sauce with mayo as a condiment for these. You can grill and press sandwiches with a panini press (we love our Griddler), make sliders with dinner rolls, or just stack everything between 2 slices of your favorite bread.
    • Turn mashed potatoes into potato pancakes or breaded croquettes.
    • Make a casserole! I tried this turkey and mushroom casserole recipe from The Lemon Bowl a few years ago and we really enjoyed it.
    • Top a wheel of brie with some of your cranberry sauce and wrap it in puff pastry for a delicious appetizer.


    If you have any other holiday tips or tricks that have helped you out, I'd love to hear about them in the comments below!

    Whatever you end up doing this Thanksgiving, I hope your day is full of happiness, love, and something tasty. Cheers!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Spatchcocked Roasted Turkey with Homemade Dry Brine

    November 18, 2022 by Ashley 6 Comments

    Sliced roast turkey on a platter surrounded by Thanksgiving side dishes.

    Spatchcocking a turkey drastically reduces the cooking time of your holiday meal + helps the white & dark meat both stay juicy while cooking!

    Platter of spatchcocked roasted turkey made with a dry brine surrounded by Thanksgiving sides.

    Spatchcocking sounds like a funny word, but it's an incredibly efficient way to prepare turkey (or chicken!) for quick, even cooking.

    Gone are the days of waiting allllll day for your turkey to roast in the oven. No more worrying about overcooking the white meat while waiting for the dark meat to cook through.

    This method is a total game-changer and one that we've used exclusively for Thanksgiving for several years now.

    It can seem intimidating at first (yes, you're going to need to cut the backbone out of the turkey). But this post is here to walk you through the process so you can feel confident when it's time to make your Turkey Day dinner at any time of the year.

    Thanksgiving dinner on a plate with a glass of wine.

    Jump To:

    • 🦃 Why spatchcock a turkey?
    • 🥣 Benefits of using a dry brine
    • 📝 Ingredients and kitchen equipment
    • 🍗 A few notes about giblets
    • ✅ How to spatchcock a turkey
    • ⏲ How long to cook a spatchcocked turkey
    • 📖 Recipe

    🦃 Why spatchcock a turkey?

    • Spatchcocking enables your cook time to be reduced by about half, which is especially welcome if you're making turkey for Thanksgiving, Christmas, or any other holiday meal.
    • The white meat and dark meat finish cooking at roughly the same time. That means there's less of a chance of ending up with dry breast meat.
    • You can roast the meat at a higher temperature. And since all of the skin is on top, you achieve crispier, more delicious skin.
    • The discarded backbone adds rich flavor to homemade turkey gravy or stock.
    Spatchcocked roasted turkey on a wooden cutting board.

    Collage of Thanksgiving recipe images with text that reads, "Thanksgiving Central".

    Thanksgiving prep doesn't have to be stressful! Grab our favorite Turkey Day recipes, tips, and more all in one spot.

    Thanksgiving Central has recipes categorized by course, ideas for using leftovers, and more. Check it out here! 🦃

    🥣 Benefits of using a dry brine

    When we spatchcock a turkey (or chicken!), we also like to use a dry brine to season and tenderize the meat while keeping it moist and juicy.

    • The spices have more of a direct impact on flavoring the meat.
    • It helps keep the skin crispy.
    • You'll get a deep, rich, natural turkey flavor. Injected saline solutions often mask these flavors.

    My homemade dry brine seasoning blend recipe is super easy to put together, and you can make a big batch and keep it in the pantry until you're ready to use it.

    Spoon lifting a dry brine seasoning mix out of a bowl.

    Note that my recipe makes around 1 ½ cups of seasoning, but you'll only need 1 tablespoon per 4 pounds of meat that you want to dry brine.

    There's lots more info about this in my dry brine post, so head over there if you want the lowdown.

    It is important to note that if you're using a dry brine, you want to choose a turkey that hasn't been previously injected with a saline solution, so be sure to read the label.

    You can also check out this article from Serious Eats on how to brine a turkey or chicken (they cover both wet brining and dry brining).

    Close up of sliced turkey breast with golden brown skin.

    📝 Ingredients and kitchen equipment

    Here's everything you'll need to spatchcock your poultry. It's pretty minimal, but having these tools will make the process of breaking down the turkey or chicken much easier (see recipe card below for ingredient amounts and full directions):

    • Dry brine seasoning mix (check out our favorite dry brine recipe here)
    • Whole turkey or chicken (preferably one that hasn't been injected with a saline solution)
    • A sharp knife for scoring the skin
    • Poultry shears for removing the backbone
    • Fish bone tweezers or clean pliers (not necessary, but incredibly helpful for removing any feathers that may still be hanging out in the skin of your turkey)
    • Paper towels
    • Baking powder (look for an aluminum-free variety when shopping)
    • 9x13 baking dish - I find this helpful for keeping the meat contained in the refrigerator during the dry brining process.
    • Baking sheet - a half sheet pan size works well to hold large pieces of meat flat while roasting
    • Dual-probe thermometer for monitoring the temperature of both white and dark meat

    🍗 A few notes about giblets

    When you buy a whole turkey or chicken, you'll often find the neck bone and a bag of giblets stashed in the cavity.

    Don't be afraid of that little bag - use it to add flavor to your meal!

    While I recommend utilizing giblets for homemade gravy, you certainly don't have to.

    Whether you're using the giblets or not, you'll need to be sure to remove that bag from the turkey before you cook it so you don't end up accidentally cooking it.

    The bag often contains a mix of organs - heart, liver, and gizzards. You can read more about giblets here, but just note that for the gravy recipe, you'll want to remove the liver.

    The liver is deep red and shiny. It's usually the most slippery of the organs, for lack of a better term.

    Including the liver in gravy can make it bitter, so I completely omit it.

    Container holding turkey bones and giblets.
    Collect the giblets, neck bone, and backbone in a container to use for gravy or homemade stock.
    Raw turkey with giblets removed showing the liver.
    The liver is deep red and shiny and can make gravy bitter, so I usually omit it.
    Patting turkey bones and giblets dry with a paper towel.
    Pat the giblets and any reserved bones dry before adding them to a hot pan when cooking them.

    For my gravy recipe, I utilize the rest of the giblets and neckbone along with the backbone of the turkey if I have spatchcocked it.

    When working with a dry brine, I remove the giblets and put them in a sealed container in the refrigerator along with any bones and trimmings from prepping the turkey.

    On the day I plan to roast the poultry, I'll take them out, pat them dry, and use them to make this gorgeous gravy recipe.

    I have a full post to show you how to spatchcock a turkey and will link it here as soon as I publish it.

    The method for spatchcocking is great for chicken, too, and you can make gravy for your chicken in the same way.

    Packaged whole turkey showing the label.
    Look for a turkey that hasn't been injected with a saline solution or pre-brined.

    ✅ How to spatchcock a turkey

    Roll up your sleeves, because prepping a turkey (or chicken) for spatchcocking is a bit of work. It's not difficult, but it takes muscle for sure, especially if you have a larger piece of poultry.

    Spatchcocking is basically butterflying the piece of meat so it lays open nice and flat for even cooking.

    I'm going to walk you through the entire process with photos of each step so you can feel confident moving forward in your own kitchen.

    Remove the bones, giblets, and feathers

    Reaching into a turkey to remove the bag of giblets.
    Reach into the cavity of the turkey to remove giblets and/or the neck.
    Pulling the neck bone out of the cavity of a raw turkey.
    Save these pieces to make a delicious homemade turkey gravy!
    Holding the bag of giblets from a raw turkey.
    Be sure to check the neck-end of the turkey for a bag of giblets also.

    Turkeys often have the neck bone and/or a bag of giblets (heart, gizzards, liver) stuffed inside of them. Growing up, I remember these bags always getting tossed. But hang on to those bits!

    Pop them into a freezer bag or container and save them to make some seriously delicious homemade turkey gravy. Trust me! The added depth of flavor is absolutely incredible.

    Up until a few years ago, I only ever saw the bag of turkey parts stuffed into the main cavity of the turkey. But some, like the one in the photos for this post, have a bag stashed in the neck-end as well.

    Be sure to check both - you don't want to wind up baking that in with your meat.

    There are also sometimes still a few feathers (or bits of feathers) stuck in the skin of the turkey. You can sometimes remove them by hand, but I find that fish bone tweezers or clean pliers work best.

    Things can get slippery, and having something to get a good grip on the feathers helps with easy removal.

    Dry the skin of the turkey well

    Patting the skin of a raw turkey dry.
    Pat the turkey dry with paper towels.
    Drying raw turkey with paper towels.
    Be sure to get all of the areas so it's as dry as possible.
    Drying under the wings of a raw turkey.
    Don't forget to lift the wings!

    Next up, dry your turkey well with paper towels. Make sure you get the exterior as dry as you can, including spots like under the wings.

    The dryer it is, the better. I'm all for reducing kitchen waste whenever possible, but some jobs are just best left for paper towels. This is one of those times (but, bonus - paper towels are compostable!).

    Score the skin and remove the backbone

    Scoring the skin on one side of the backbone of a turkey.
    Score the skin of the turkey along both sides of the backbone with a sharp knife.
    Cutting the backbone of a turkey with poultry shears.
    Use poultry shears to cut through the ribcage along both sides of the backbone.
    Cutting a turkey backbone in half.
    Use a knife to cut the backbone so it fits in your storage container or saucepan.

    Once your turkey is dry, flip it so it's backbone-side up on your work surface. Use a sharp knife (I like using a fillet knife here) to score the skin all the way from the neck to the tail along the outer edge of both sides of the backbone.

    We've skipped this step in the past, but no longer. Poultry shears are great for cutting through bones, but they don't do a great job of cutting through skin. Having the skin moving around while you're trying to cut through the backbone makes the work more difficult.

    Once you've scored the skin, use your poultry shears to cut through the bones all the way down both sides of the backbone. This can take some muscle, especially if it's a big turkey. But you can do it!

    I like to save the backbone to make turkey stock or gravy. I find that cutting it in half or thirds once it's removed is helpful for when you go to store and/or cook with it later.

    Note here that you can freeze the bones for later use. Just thaw them before proceeding to make turkey stock or gravy.

    Crack the breastbone and apply the dry brine

    Pressing on the breastbone of a turkey while spatchcocking.
    Flip the turkey over and press firmly down on the breastbone until you feel it pop.
    Rubbing dry brine under the skin of a turkey.
    Gently lift the skin of the turkey and run your hand underneath to separate it from the meat.

    This is the last part of turkey prep that takes some muscle. You need to flip the turkey over and break the breastbone. To do this, place one hand in the center of the breast, then place your other hand on top.

    Press firmly until you feel (and hear!) the breastbone pop and break. Depending on your size and the size of your turkey, this can take considerable effort. I often lean in with most of my body weight to get it to break.

    Breaking the breastbone ensures that your turkey can lay nice and flat for even cooking. When turkeys are cooked whole, that big, dense ball of meat takes a long time to cook. But with a nice, flat layer, it happens much more quickly.

    Are you still with me? It's time to start applying the seasoning!

    Rubbing dry brine seasoning mix underneath the skin of a spatchcocked turkey.
    Try to find areas to get under the skin, rubbing the spice mix as you go.
    Rubbing dry brine seasoning blend into the cavity of a spatchcocked turkey.
    Rub some of the dry brine spice mix on the cavity side of the turkey, drying it first if needed.

    If the skin of your turkey isn't dry, pat it with paper towels again. Using your fingers, gently lift the skin of the turkey away from the meat. You're going to need to reach in and use your hands to poke around to create a pocket between the skin and the flesh.

    This usually takes a little finagling, but do the best you can, finding any areas that you can work your way underneath the skin.

    Take some of the dry brine spice mixture and rub it underneath the skin. You want to try to get an even-ish layer, but you don't need to measure things precisely here.

    Flip the turkey back over and dry out the cavity with paper towels again if needed. Sprinkle a little more of the dry brine seasoning mixture onto the cavity side and rub it around to coat.

    Final seasoning for a crispy skin

    Rubbing baking powder onto the skin of a turkey.
    Rub baking powder all over the skin side of the turkey.
    Sprinkling dry brine seasoning blend onto a turkey.
    Add the remainder of the dry brine spice blend to the skin of the turkey.
    Rubbing a spatchcocked turkey with dry brine seasoning.
    Rub the spice mixture all over for an even coating on the skin.

    Pat the skin dry once more, then sprinkle a teaspoon of baking powder all over the skin. Rub it to really spread it around, making sure to get places like underneath the wings.

    The addition of baking powder aids in getting that perfectly crispy skin once you roast the turkey.

    Add the remainder of your dry brine spice mixture to the skin side of the turkey and rub it all over to coat evenly. Again, remember that you're only using a total of one tablespoon per four pounds of turkey.

    So, for example, the turkey in the photographs was 16 pounds, so I used 4 tablespoons of the mixture. You don't have to be super precise here, but try to stay in the ballpark so your meat isn't overly salty.

    Refrigerate your prepped turkey for 1-4 days

    Placing a dry brined turkey into a baking dish.
    Transfer your seasoned turkey into a baking dish, if needed.
    Turkey in the refrigerator with a dry brine mix applied to the skin.
    Refrigerate for 1-4 days.
    Dry brined turkey ready for the oven.
    The dry brining process removes excess moisture, so it'll look dried out.

    To save on refrigerator space, I like to then transfer my seasoned turkey to a 9x13 baking dish. Clear out a little space around your refrigerator so that nothing is touching it, and leave it alone in the refrigerator.

    We always try to aim to brine our turkey for 4 days, but things happen and schedules can get interrupted. One day is the minimum amount of time you'll need for the dry brine to start working its magic, up to a maximum of 4.

    Is leaving poultry uncovered in the refrigerator safe?

    This process is similar to dry-aging steak and is done with the meat uncovered in the refrigerator.

    You need to make sure you have plenty of space around the turkey for this process to take place without the worry of contaminating other things in your refrigerator.

    As long as the turkey isn't touching anything, all should go well.

    But if the thought of leaving poultry out in the open in your refrigerator is worrisome, you can cover the turkey with cheesecloth. This way it can still get the air circulation while it brines.

    Time to cook!

    Arranging a dry brined, spatchcocked turkey on a sheet pan.
    Transfer turkey to a baking dish and lay flat, skin-side up.
    Inserting a probe thermometer into a turkey breast.
    Place one probe in the center of the white meat and one in the center of the dark meat to monitor the cooking temperature.
    Spatchcocked turkey on a roasting pan in the oven ready to roast.
    Roast until both probes read 165°F.

    When it's go-time, preheat your oven. The cook time and temperature will vary based on the size of your turkey (see chart below). Your best bet is to monitor the temperature as it's cooking.

    We love using a dual-probe thermometer for this, as you can monitor the temperature of the breast meat and the leg/thigh at the same time. You can also use an instant-read thermometer to check the temperature periodically during roasting.

    Transfer your brined turkey to a large, rimmed baking sheet. Place probes in the center of the light and dark meat to monitor the temperature of both while it roasts.

    Dual probe thermometer display showing turkey temperature settings.
    If your two probes are changing at drastically different rates, it's likely they aren't placed correctly.
    Spatchcocked roasted turkey on a half sheet pan in the oven.
    Once both probes have reached 165°F, remove the tray from the oven.
    Spatchcocked turkey on a half sheet pan.
    Do NOT discard the pan drippings! Save them for gravy-making!

    Try to be sure you're probing the meat in the center of the breast and thigh. If you're touching bone or are too close to the edge, the thermometers won't read properly.

    If the temperatures are changing at drastically different rates, it's likely that they aren't placed properly. No big deal, just take it out, readjust, and pop it back into the oven.

    ⏲ How long to cook a spatchcocked turkey

    Here are some general guidelines for cook time and oven temperature, based on the weight of your turkey:

    Turkey WeightOven TemperatureCook Time
    8-12 pounds325°F2 ¾ to 3 hours
    12-14 pounds450°F2 to 2 ¼ hours
    12-14 pounds425°F2 ¼ to 2 ½ hours
    15-17 pounds450°F2 ¾ to 3 hours
    15-17 pounds425°F3 to 3 ¼ hours
    18-20 pounds450°F3 ¼ to 3 ½ hours
    18-20 pounds425°F3 ½ to 3 ¾ hours
    21-23 pounds450°F3 ¾ to 4 hours
    21-23 pounds425°F4 to 4 ¼ hours
    24 pounds450°F4 to 4 ¼ hours
    24 pounds425°F4 ¼ to 4 ½ hours
    Use a thermometer to ensure your turkey has reached 165°F in the center of both the white and dark meat.

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Overhead view of a bowl of Instant Pot Spiced Cranberry Sauce with Bourbon with whole spices.
    Spiced Cranberry Sauce with Bourbon (Instant Pot or Stovetop)
    Platter of deviled eggs garnished with chives.
    No Mayo Deviled Eggs
    Overhead shot of an oval casserole dish full of creamy mashed potatoes sprinkled with chopped parsley.
    Instant Pot Mashed Potatoes - Creamy & Fluffy in a Fraction of the Time!
    3 plates with slices of triple chocolate pumpkin pie.
    Triple-Chocolate Pumpkin Pie

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Peanut Butter Banana Milkshake with Bacon (without Ice Cream!)

    October 30, 2022 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Overhead view of 2 peanut butter banana milkshakes with bacon and cherries.

    This post is sponsored by the Georgia Peanut Commission. All thoughts and opinions are my own.

    This easy ice cream-free peanut butter banana milkshake recipe (with an optional shot of whiskey) is topped with peanut butter and maple-infused whipped cream and crispy bacon.

    Placing a maraschino cherry on a peanut butter banana milkshake.

    This dreamy milkshake recipe is a twist on a fantastically decadent "Jimmy Carter Milkshake" that I had at The Rookery in Macon, Georgia. It was made with banana ice cream, peanut butter, and bacon.

    I was inspired to create a healthier version of this milkshake without using any ice cream. And while I was at it, I figured it'd be fun to make a boozy option as well.

    Because, well... peanut butter whiskey is a delicious thing, and you can pair peanut butter with whiskey on your own without buying a special bottle.

    I'll be showing you two different ways to make this peanut butter shake. Feel free to go light and skip the toppings, or go all in.

    I'm talking bacon, whipped cream made with peanut butter powder, and a maraschino cherry (or 3) up top.

    Whichever path you choose, the results will be fan-freakin'-tastic!

    Jump To:

    • 🥜 Peanut harvest recap
    • 🧡 Why we love this recipe
    • 📝 Ingredients
    • 🥓 How to cook bacon in the microwave
    • 🍦 How to make a milkshake without ice cream
    • 🥤Dressing up your milkshake
    • 🥣 How to use a whipped cream dispenser
    • 📖 Recipe

    🥜 Peanut harvest tour recap

    I traveled to Georgia with my friends at the Georgia Peanut Commission and Southern Peanut Growers for their annual Peanut Harvest Tour.

    On the trip, I learned a ton about what goes into one of my very favorite ingredients. I also gained an all-new appreciation for peanut farmers, scientists, and the peanut industry as a whole.

    We had a jam-packed schedule full of farms, fun, and food. If you want to read a bit more about what we did during the trip, check out the Instagram recap posts I did for each of the 3 days.

    Day One:

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CjTIigWuRYt

    Day Two:

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CjYb37aOU6Z

    Day Three:

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CjamDeXOoiI

    OK, let's get onto the milkshakes!

    Overhead view of 2 peanut butter banana milkshakes with bacon.

    🧡 Why we love this recipe

    • Frozen bananas have an incredibly creamy texture when blended, allowing you to make this peanut butter milkshake without any ice cream!
    • This recipe comes together quickly with only a few ingredients.
    • Peanut butter powder adds a boost of peanutty flavor to both the milkshake base and the whipped cream.
    • The addition of crispy bacon and maple syrup makes this treat wonderfully sweet-and-salty.
    • You can keep it classic with a maraschino cherry for a soda fountain feel or get fancy with a shot of something boozy (peanut butter goes great with whiskey, bourbon, or rum) and add some Amarena cherries or Luxardo cherries on a cocktail pick for a more grown-up treat.
    • Since we're using a blender, this recipe is easily scalable to make as many or as few peanut butter banana milkshakes as you'd like.
    Ingredients ready to make a peanut butter banana milkshake with bacon.

    📝 Ingredients

    Here's everything you need to make these peanut butter banana milkshakes.

    The first 4 ingredients are all you need if you want to forego the toppings. And it's absolutely delicious without any toppings!

    But if you're feeling extra, go for the full shebang (see recipe card below for ingredient amounts and full directions):

    • Bananas
    • Vanilla bean paste (or vanilla extract)
    • Milk (your favorite dairy or plant-based variety)
    • Peanut butter powder
    • Heavy cream
    • Maple syrup
    • Bacon
    • Peanut butter (you can even make it from the powder!)
    • Maraschino cherries (or Amarena cherries / Luxardo cherries if you're feeling fancy!)
    • Whiskey, bourbon, or rum (optional for a boozy milkshake)
    Overhead view of a blender with peanut butter banana milkshake ingredients inside.
    Pouring a milkshake into a peanut butter-lined glass.
    Topping a peanut butter banana milkshake with bacon and a maraschino cherry.

    🥓 How to cook bacon in the microwave

    This recipe uses bacon which can be found in your grocery store's meat department.

    Cooking bacon doesn't need to be fussy or take a lot of time. In fact, when I need a quick slice or two I don't want to mess with frying it in a skillet or baking it in the oven.

    Enter: the microwave.

    Microwaving bacon sounds like it wouldn't be a great idea, but trust me, it works beautifully!

    You can use this method for both regular and thick-cut bacon.

    Placing thick-cut bacon on a paper towel-lined plate.
    Lay bacon on a microwave-safe plate lined with a double layer of paper towels.
    Covering bacon with paper towels on a plate.
    Top it with another double layer of paper towels.

    I usually cut the slices of bacon in half with kitchen scissors so they aren't as long, but you don't need to do that. It works well if you have an oblong plate like I do here.

    You can also add a second layer of bacon onto the plate if you want to cook more at once. It'll take longer to cook, but it's doable!

    Just be sure to put a double layer of paper towels in between each layer of bacon.

    Ensure that each slice of bacon has a little space and isn't overlapping another slice. The top layer should be another double layer of paper towels.

    The paper towels absorb the grease as the bacon cooks and help prevent splattering in your microwave.

    Lifting paper towels to reveal cooked bacon on a plate.
    Crumbling cooked pieces of bacon onto a paper towel-lined plate.

    I like to start with 2 minutes for regular bacon, and 3 minutes for thick-cut. Just take a peek when the time is up and if it's not as crispy as you'd like, add another 30 seconds at a time until it is.

    If you're doing two layers of bacon, check on each layer and take out any pieces that look like they're cooking faster than the rest so they don't burn. It'll likely take closer to 6 minutes for a double layer, but keep checking on it to make sure it doesn't overcook.

    Once cooked, carefully remove the plate from your microwave. Gently peel back the grease-soaked paper towels.

    From here, feel free to crumble them into pieces or leave them whole, depending on how you plan to use them.

    For my family, I'll often just bring the plate to the breakfast table, and we'll peel back the layers of paper towels as we work our way through the bacon.

    Cooked bacon can be stored in a sealed container in your refrigerator for future use. It'll keep well for several days.

    I often store mine in a stasher bag, as it takes up minimal shelf space.

    Paper towels are compostable, so you can dispose of them in your home compost bin if you have one.

    🍦 How to make a milkshake without ice cream

    The key to making a milkshake without ice cream is to use frozen bananas. They take on the texture of ice cream so perfectly when blended.

    There was a trend going around for a while called "nice cream" or "nana ice cream" that used frozen bananas in this way.

    If you have a really powerful blender, such as a Vitamix, you don't even have to break your bananas into pieces when freezing them. You may need to use the tamper/mixing rod to help work the frozen bananas into the blades.

    Peeling a ripe banana.
    Peel the bananas.
    Breaking a banana into pieces to freeze.
    Break each banana into pieces.
    Stasher bag full of pieces of banana.
    Transfer to a freezer bag and seal well.

    I like to peel the bananas, break them into about 4 pieces each, and put them in a freezer-safe storage bag (like a stasher bag). I'll squeeze the air out of the bag, then put it in the freezer until the bananas are frozen solid.

    Let them freeze for at least an hour before blending. This is a great use for really ripe bananas - just keep adding them to a bag in your freezer so you always have them on hand!

    Now let's make this milkshake with no ice cream! Since the bananas are pretty solid, you'll need to loosen things up with your milk of choice.

    I used regular milk here (since I'm going for whipped heavy cream on top) but you could use your favorite plant-based milk to make this a vegan banana milkshake.

    Pouring milk into a blender with frozen bananas.
    Adding peanut butter powder to a blender with frozen bananas and milk.
    Adding vanilla bean paste into a blender with frozen bananas.
    1. Add your frozen bananas to the blender.
    2. Pour in your milk of choice, then add peanut butter powder and vanilla bean paste.
    3. If you're making a whiskey milkshake, add in one ounce of whiskey per serving.
    4. Blend on high, stopping and scraping down the edges if needed, until blended.

    Feel free to use a scoop of regular peanut butter and vanilla extract if you don't have the powder or paste on hand. It'll still be delicious!

    Blending a peanut butter banana milkshake.
    Blender mixing a peanut butter banana milkshake.

    If your mixture is too thick, add another splash of milk. If it's too thin, you can add more frozen banana pieces or a few ice cubes to help thicken it.

    See recipe card below for full instructions.

    🥤Dressing up your milkshake

    This ice cream-free milkshake is great on its own, but adding some fun finishing touches really makes it something special.

    Placing peanut butter around the inside of a glass.
    Pouring a milkshake into a peanut butter-lined glass.

    I like to pour this shake into peanut butter-lined glasses and top it with whipped cream, bacon, and maraschino cherries.

    And when it comes to whipped cream, I gave this one a little extra oomph, thanks to peanut butter powder, maple syrup, and vanilla bean paste. They take it to the next level and really finish it off beautifully.

    Homemade whipped cream

    There are a few ways to make your own homemade whipped cream. They range from most labor-intensive to least.

    You can absolutely use a chilled bowl and a whisk to make whipped cream by hand. It takes a lot of elbow grease, but it can be done.

    The most accessible method is to use a chilled bowl and a hand mixer. This does the job much quicker but still does take a little bit of time. Nowhere near as much time as a whisk, but time nonetheless.

    🥣 How to use a whipped cream dispenser

    If making whipped cream at home is something you do often, you may want to consider investing in a whipped cream dispenser.

    I used something similar while working at a coffee shop post-college. My husband bought one for me for Christmas a while back, and I had to re-learn how to use it since it had been a while.

    So if you find yourself in the same boat, this will hopefully help you learn how to use a whipped cream dispenser at home!

    Ingredients ready to make peanut butter maple whipped cream.

    All it is, basically, is a container that you pour your ingredients into, then "charge" with nitrous oxide.

    You'll need to buy those N2O chargers separately, but your dispenser should come with a charger holder that you'll use to screw it into the top. This punctures the cartridge and releases the gas into your dispenser.

    After your dispenser is charged, shake it a few times. Invert the dispenser with the decorating tip facing down, and squeeze the lever to dispense fluffy, delicious whipped cream with minimal effort.

    Depending on what brand you buy, you may need to squeeze and release it a few times to get it to dispense.

    Each N2O cartridge will charge one batch of whipped cream, so you'll need a new one each time you want to use the dispenser.

    You don't have to use all of the whipped cream right away. The dispenser can hang out in the fridge for several days and still be fine.

    Pouring ingredients for peanut butter maple whipped cream into a whipped cream dispenser.
    Pour your ingredients into the chilled whipped cream dispenser.
    Attaching the decorator tip to a whipped cream dispenser.
    Attach your desired decorating tip.
    Shaking a whipped cream dispenser.
    Screw in the N2O charger and shake the dispenser 5-7 times.

    Here are a few extra tips for successfully using a whipped cream dispenser:

    • Chill the dispenser well. A cold whipped cream dispenser will make the process go easier. I like to put the base of it in the fridge for at least 30 minutes ahead of time.
    • Make sure your ingredients are chilled, too! Whether you're using heavy cream or coconut cream, having the ingredients well chilled is key.
    • Feel free to add additional ingredients to your cream, but stir or whisk them together before adding them to the dispenser. If any of the items are clumpy, they may clog the nozzle.
    • Don't overfill your dispenser. The instructions should tell you what the capacity is, which will ensure there's enough room for the N2O to charge the liquid. My dispenser has a 1-pint (2-cup) capacity.
    • Be sure everything is sealed well before inserting your N2O cartridge.
    • When you're done using the dispenser, invert it over the sink and squeeze the handle until all of the gas has been released before unscrewing the lid.
    • Clean the nozzles well to ensure there are no obstructions when trying to dispense future batches of whipped cream.
    Whipped cream dispenser with a small bowl of whipped cream dispensed in a bowl.
    Topping a peanut butter banana milkshake with whipped cream.

    There are lots of fun things that you can do when making homemade whipped cream. Try a basic batch first, and then branch out and see what you can come up with!

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Hand drizzling peanut butter onto a platter of Elvis-Style Challah French Toast
    Elvis-Style Challah French Toast
    Plate of peanut butter cookies with bites taken out of one
    Classic Peanut Butter Cookies
    Banana halves on popsicle sticks coated in peanut butter and bacon.
    Elvis-Style Frozen Bananas
    Vietnamese shrimp sandwich with peanut sauce, pickled veggies, and fresh herbs.
    Vietnamese Shrimp Sandwiches with Peanut Sauce

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Guava Cooler Tequila Cocktail Recipe - Tropical and Refreshing!

    September 25, 2022 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Guava cocktails on a tray with fresh citrus fruit in the background.

    This guava tequila cocktail is made with guava nectar, triple sec, and a mix of fruit juices for a refreshing, tropical take on happy hour!

    Guava cocktails on a tray with fresh citrus fruit in the background.

    This guava tequila cocktail is a copycat recipe that we created based on the Guava Cooler at The Cabin Restaurant in White Plains, New York.

    My husband said the location isn't actually White Plains - it's more like Elmsford, but their website (and Google Maps) say White Plains. So I'm leaving it at that.

    This isn't the first restaurant copycat cocktail recipe that me and my husband have worked on. This Watermelon Sugar High Tequila Cocktail and these Passionfruit Margaritas are also fantastic choices.

    Grab a glass and a plate of taquitos and let's dig in. Cheers!

    Jump To:

    • 🧡 Why we love this recipe
    • 📝 Ingredients
    • 🥃 Ingredient spotlight: tequila
    • 📌 Guava nectar vs. guava juice
    • ✅ How to make this recipe
    • 🍊 Tips for juicing citrus
    • 🔪 Equipment
    • 📖 Recipe

    🧡 Why we love this recipe

    • The combination of fruit in this Guava Cooler recipe is really unique and seriously delicious.
    • It's a great way to use tequila and triple sec outside of a traditional margarita.
    • Making cocktails at home is much more budget-friendly than ordering them when you're out and about.
    • Guava nectar gives this cocktail a beautiful color!
    Ingredients ready to make a guava tequila cocktail.

    📝 Ingredients

    Here's everything you need to make this Guava Cooler cocktail (see recipe card below for ingredient amounts and full directions):

    • Freshly squeezed lime juice
    • Freshly squeezed grapefruit juice (we love this large citrus squeezer to help w that)
    • Pineapple juice
    • Guava nectar
    • Triple sec
    • Tequila blanco (check out the spotlight box below for more info about various types of tequila!)

    🥃 Ingredient Spotlight: Tequila

    This recipe uses tequila blanco which can be found in your local liquor store.

    Tequila is a distilled spirit made from the agave plant that is produced in only 5 areas of Mexico.

    Pouring tequila into a jigger.
    Pouring tequila into a cocktail shaker.

    Depending on the aging process, tequila is bottled and sold in a few different styles:

    • Blanco (white) - Tequila that is unaged or slightly aged (less than 2 months). Some distillers call tequila blanco "the essence of tequila". Great for mixing into cocktails.
    • Joven (young) - Usually made from a blend of aged tequila and unaged tequila.
    • Reposado (rested) - Tequila that has been aged for at least two months, and up to a year. This tequila is darker and has a deeper flavor.
    • Añejo (aged) - Tequila that has been aged for at least a year but less than 3 years, traditionally in oak barrels. It has a deep golden color and complex layers of flavor from the aging process.
    • Extra Añejo (very aged) - Tequilas that have been aged for at least 3 years. This is a growing category of tequila that has a lot of complexity of flavor, depending on the types of wood used in the aging barrels.

    Here are a few resources if you'd like to learn more about the different varieties and styles of tequila:

    • 10 Questions About Tequila, Answered (Thrillist)
    • What's the Deal With Extra Añejo Tequila, And Is It Actually Worth It? (InsideHook)
    • Learn about Tequila: Everything you need to know (Decanter)

    Squeezing grapefruit juice into a jigger.
    Pouring tequila into a cocktail shaker.
    Pouring a guava cocktail into a glass of ice.

    📌 Guava nectar vs. guava juice

    This guava cocktail recipe calls for guava nectar. Guava nectar is a product made from the pulp that comes from crushed fresh guava.

    Fruit nectars are diluted with water and additional ingredients and/or sweeteners. They are often more affordable and readily available than pure fruit juices, especially when it comes to tropical fruit.

    You can often find guava nectar sold in cartons in the Mexican or Latin food aisle at the grocery store.

    There's some great info on the differences between juice and nectar in this article over at The Daring Kitchen.

    Overhead view of 2 guava tequila cocktails on a tray with fresh citrus fruit.

    ✅ How to make this recipe

    This recipe comes together really quickly. We're using a mix of fresh and store-bought juices here. Adding the ingredients to your cocktail shaker in order of least expensive to most will help ensure you don't waste any of the "good stuff" if you accidentally goof up the measurements.

    1. Add a king cube (a large ice cube also known as an "agitator cube") or several normal-sized ice cubes to your cocktail shaker.
    2. Pour in your juices, guava nectar, triple sec, and tequila, and shake well.
    3. Strain and pour in a highball glass filled with ice. Garnish with a lime wedge and grapefruit twist, if desired.

    See recipe card below for full instructions.

    🍊 Tips for juicing citrus

    This recipe calls for fresh grapefruit juice, which you can absolutely squeeze by hand if needed. If you juice a lot of oranges or grapefruit, you may want to look into getting a large citrus squeezer like the one pictured above.

    Large citrus squeezer ready to make a cocktail.

    This is much larger than the standard lemon squeezer that can handle lemons and limes. The larger squeezer can also juice smaller citrus fruits, so if you only want to buy one gadget, I'd recommend that one.

    I've mentioned this tip in my virtual cooking classes before, but I still share it every time just in case anyone doesn't know about it...

    Lime in a citrus juicer.

    When you're putting halved citrus fruit into one of these squeezer-style juicers, you want to put the flat, cut side down into the tool.

    When I first used a squeezer I'd put it curved side-down to match the arch of the tool. But you want to do the opposite - that allows the squeezer to press down into the fruit, really getting all that juice out of the fruit.

    Grapefruit in a citrus juicer.

    Another quick tip is that if you want to make a citrus twist garnish, use a vegetable peeler or swivel peeler (my current favorite) before you cut into your fruit.

    Once you've grabbed some strips of zest, go ahead and juice that wonky-looking fruit.

    We even sometimes grab zest from fruit and then pop the rest of the fruit into a stasher bag in the fridge if we only need the zest.

    Pouring guava cocktails into glasses filled with ice.

    🔪 Equipment

    Aside from the aforementioned gear, there are a few things that will help make your cocktail mixing go much more smoothly.

    • A jigger for measuring your ingredients.
    • A cocktail shaker for mixing everything together.
    • King cube ice cube tray (if you want to make large ice cubes)
    • Cocktail picks or bamboo skewers for holding garnishes (I used these arrow cocktail picks for these photos)
    • A Hawthorne strainer if your shaker doesn't have a built-in strainer.
    Holding a guava cocktail glass garnished with lime and grapefruit.

    Still thirsty? You may also like...

    A close-up of 2 watermelon cocktails with mint and Tajin on the rim.
    Watermelon Sugar High Tequila Cocktail
    2 gin cocktails on a tray with a bottle of gin and garnishes.
    The Grace Lane Graduate: A Gin Cocktail
    Overhead view of 2 copper mugs filled with a Cucumber Moscow Mule cocktails with ingredients alongside.
    Cucumber Moscow Mule
    Hand placing a skewer of Italian antipasto ingredients on top of a Bloody Mary cocktail.
    Antipasto Bloody Mary

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Easy Classic Hummus Using Canned Chickpeas

    September 4, 2022 by Ashley 2 Comments

    Pita chip scooping up hummus.

    This post may contain affiliate links, which won’t change your price but will share some commission.

    Smooth, delicious homemade hummus using canned chickpeas comes together in minutes with just a few ingredients. An easy appetizer or snack!

    Platter of hummus with fresh veggies and pita chips.

    This hummus recipe has been getting rave reviews in my cooking classes for yeeeears now. I've been teaching it alongside my homemade seasoned pita chip recipe, and it's always a hit.

    This recipe is easy enough for kids to make and adults love it, too!

    Jump To:

    • 🧡 Why we love this recipe
    • 📝 Ingredients
    • 🥣 Ingredient spotlight: tahini
    • ✅ How to make this recipe
    • 🧄 Top tip: quickly mince garlic
    • 💡 What to serve with hummus
    • 🍴 Finishing tips
    • 🥡 Storage recommendations
    • 📖 Recipe

    🧡 Why we love this recipe

    • Making hummus at home is less expensive than store-bought.
    • It's easily scaled up to feed a crowd or for entertaining.
    • Homemade hummus is a healthy option for school lunch boxes and snack time.
    • This recipe comes together quickly with no need to soak dried chickpeas or turn on the stovetop.
    • You can control the ingredients and texture of the finished product.
    • It can be made in advance and stays fresh for several days when stored in the fridge.
    Pita chip scooping up hummus.

    📝 Ingredients

    Here's everything you need to make our very favorite classic hummus (see recipe card below for ingredient amounts and full directions):

    • Canned chickpeas
    • Garlic
    • Freshly squeezed lemon juice
    • Tahini
    • Olive oil
    • Kosher salt
    • Ground Cumin
    • Water

    You can also opt to drizzle it with a little extra-virgin olive oil and ground paprika or ground sumac before serving.

    Ingredients ready to make homemade hummus.
    Hummus in a food processor on high speed.
    Scooping freshly made hummus from a food processor with a spatula.

    🥣 Ingredient Spotlight: Tahini

    This recipe uses tahini which can is usually found in your grocery store in one of the following aisles: condiments, organic/health foods, or international foods. It's also sometimes found in the same aisle as bread and peanut butter.

    Tahini is a condiment made from sesame seeds. It's used a lot in Middle Eastern cuisine.

    Depending on the brand and how it's stored, tahini can vary from a thin, pourable, sauce-like consistency to a thicker, paste-like one.

    Adding tahini to hummus ingredients in a food processor.
    Overhead view of the ingredients for Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbreads.

    Tahini that's sold in a squeeze bottle is my personal favorite. You can also buy cans or jars of tahini. There are lots of brands to choose from - I'll share a few of my personal favorites below.

    Tahini recommendations

    Image of tahini

    tahini

    Buy Now →
    Image of jars of tahini

    jars of tahini

    Buy Now →
    Featured Links powered by

    Similar to natural-style peanut butter, some brands of tahini will separate as they sit. You'll end up with a layer of oil on top of the paste. Give it a good stir before using and/or measuring it to reincorporate that oil.

    Since sesame seeds can tend to spoil quickly, especially at higher temperatures, it's often advisable to store tahini in the refrigerator. Again, this is where I find the squeeze bottle style of tahini much more practical.

    It doesn't require any stirring to reincorporate oil that has separated. Storing it in the refrigerator doesn't seem to impact the consistency, so the tahini stays nice and smooth, even when cold.

    Tahini is used in many recipes and is a key ingredient in hummus. A few of my favorite ways to use tahini include my Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbreads, these cucumber bites, and this chickpea salad.

    ✅ How to make this recipe

    Hummus is super simple to make with a food processor or blender. My preferred method is the food processor. The longer you let the motor run, the smoother the consistency of your finished hummus will be.

    1. Rinse and drain your chickpeas.
    2. Process all of the ingredients in a food processor or blender until smooth, scraping the sides of the bowl occasionally to make sure it's evenly blended.
    3. Transfer your hummus to a serving bowl and garnish with a drizzle of extra-virgin olive oil, ground paprika, and/or ground sumac if desired.

    See recipe card below for full instructions.

    Adding chickpeas to a food processor.
    Adding tahini to hummus ingredients in a food processor.
    Combining ingredients for hummus in a food processor.

    The longer your run your food processor or blender, the smoother your hummus will be.

    Make sure to stop the motor occasionally to scrape down the sides of the bowl with a silicone spatula as needed. This will ensure that all the bits of chickpeas break down evenly.

    🧄 Top Tip: Quickly Mince Garlic

    This is my all-time favorite method for quickly mincing garlic. It has been a big hit with people who take my cooking classes, and I wanted to share it with you today.

    I use this method for mincing a single clove of garlic for recipes like my classic hummus, as well as for mincing several cloves like for our favorite cilantro chimichurri.

    The key piece of equipment you'll need for this garlic mincing trick is a food processor. I haven't tried this out in a blender yet, but I'll be sure to update this post once I do. I suspect it will work that way as well.

    Peel your garlic and set it aside.

    Remove the pusher from your food processor - it's the little piece that slides into the feed tube.

    Pusher removed from the feed chute of a food processor.
    Remove the pusher from your food processor.
    Turning a food processor on low speed.
    Turn the food processor on low speed.

    Next, turn the power on - I usually start at low speed. Drop your peeled garlic clove(s) down the feed chute while it's running.

    You can place the pusher back in now if you'd like. Just let the spinning blade do its thing - the cloves will bounce around and get minced.

    If it doesn't seem to be chopping them up quite small enough, you can increase the speed to high.

    Garlic being minced in a food processor.
    Food processor mincing garlic.
    Overhead view of a food processor containing minced garlic.

    The whole process should only take a few seconds, and then you're rewarded with pretty evenly minced garlic. No knifework required!

    💡 What to serve with hummus

    Hummus is such a versatile dish - it can be used in a myriad of ways. Here are some of our favorites:

    • Use it as a dip for fresh veggies like cucumbers, celery sticks, grape or cherry tomatoes, radishes, bell peppers, carrots, sugar snap peas, broccoli, or cauliflower.
    • Spread onto pita bread, sliced bread, or tortillas as a condiment for your favorite sandwich or wrap.
    • As part of an assortment of Mediterranean or Middle Eastern dips along with tzatziki, babaghanoush, muhammara, baba ganoush, etc.
    • Serve your homemade hummus alongside crispy dippers such as pretzels, crackers, tortilla chips, or our favorite homemade pita chips.
    • Layer it with tzatziki, chopped cucumbers, tomatoes, and top with a sprinkle of feta cheese for an easy, Greek-inspired dip.
    • Add it to a Mediterranean platter along with stuffed grape leaves, tabouli, grilled meat, veggies, or kebabs, and pita bread or lavash.
    Platter of colorful veggies and pita chips.

    🍴 Finishing tips

    You can really dress up your hummus based on how you finish it off.

    For a simple presentation, you can smooth the hummus out with a spoon, creating little indentations of varying heights. This will add a little interest to an otherwise smooth pile of chickpea purée.

    I like to then drizzle a little bit of extra-virgin olive oil on top and then sprinkle it with ground paprika or ground sumac for a pop of color.

    Smoothing hummus into a bowl with a spoon.
    Sprinkling paprika onto a bowl of hummus.
    Close-up of hummus with paprika and olive oil.

    You could also add freshly chopped herbs to the top, or a few delicate sprigs. Parsley is a favorite of mine for topping hummus.

    A drizzle of flavored oil would be nice addition, too! Basil, chili, or citrus-infused oils are all quite tasty.

    Toasted nuts or a bit of chopped or thinly sliced roasted red pepper are nice as well. A sprinkle of pomegranate arils or crumbled feta cheese would also be lovely!

    You can also reserve a few whole chickpeas from the can before making your hummus to place on top for visual interest.

    🥡 Storage recommendations

    Your homemade hummus will keep well in an airtight container in the refrigerator for several days.

    You can absolutely make your hummus in advance, and store it in the fridge until serving. I recommend holding off on any garnishes until right before serving, to keep them looking their freshest.

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Muhammara in a serving dish topped with feta cheese alongside pita bread.
    Muhammara
    Dips are one of the best parts of any party spread. This list of 15 healthier party dip recipes will bring all the flavor to your appetizer table without most of the guilt!
    Dip It: 15 Healthier Party Dip Recipes
    Overhead view of a bowl of buffalo chickpea hummus with celery sticks and blue cheese.
    Buffalo Chickpea Dip
    Overhead view of a sheet pan with Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbread on top surrounded by garnishes.
    Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbreads

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    22 Favorite Cumin Recipes

    August 9, 2022 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Collage of recipe images with text that says 21 Favorite Cumin Recipes.

    Cumin is an incredibly versatile, aromatic spice that can be used in a variety of ways. Check out our collection of (now 22!) favorite cumin recipes!

    My family loves to use ground cumin and cumin seeds in recipes from all over the world. If you've ever been looking for ways to use cumin more in the kitchen, keep reading!

    Collage of recipe images with text that says 21 Favorite Cumin Recipes.

    Easy Homemade Taco Seasoning Mix

    I usually quadruple the recipe and make it in a jar so I have it on hand at all times for tacos and taco salads.

    Make this recipe

    Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbreads

    Naan is covered in garlicky tzatziki sauce and covered with Middle Eastern-spiced chickpeas, tahini, fresh herbs, and Sriracha in this street food/comfort food mashup.

    Make this recipe

    Our Favorite Chicken Fajitas

    Grab your cast iron skillet - these chicken fajitas are a one-pan meal that is so good they'll outshine your favorite Tex-Mex restaurant!

    Make this recipe

    Dino's Restaurant-Style Guacamole

    Restaurant-style guacamole is super simple to make at home! 2 ripe avocados + a few ingredients and you have the perfect Mexican appetizer in just 5 minutes!

    Make this recipe

    Spicy Turkey Three-Bean Chili

    The best bowl of spicy turkey chili is easy to make at home! Includes tips for making it milder, freezing, and topping ideas. Perfect comfort food!

    Make this recipe

    Top Chef All-Star Marcel Vigneron's Chimi-Verde Dip

    Tomatillos, fresh herbs, & avocado are blended together in this silky-smooth, spicy dip recipe courtesy of Top Chef All-Star Marcel Vigneron.

    Make this recipe

    The Best Homemade Fajita Seasoning Recipe - Penzeys Copycat Spice Mix

    Learn how to make the best homemade fajita seasoning blend from pantry staples so you can have restaurant-style fajitas at home any time!

    Make this recipe

    Tex-Mex Meatballs with Mexican Cauliflower Rice

    This paleo, gluten-free Tex-Mex meal is simple enough for a weeknight and impressive enough for company. Super flavorful clean eating at its best!

    Make this recipe

    Spiced Chickpea Tacos with Cilantro-Peach Relish

    A sweet and tangy peach relish is piled on top of spiced chickpeas for a summery spin on these meat-free tacos.

    Make this recipe

    Grilled Steak with Spicy Latin Rub

    A flavorful mix of spices and chipotle peppers impart bold flavors onto your steak of choice. Great with a spicy glass of Chilean red wine!

    Make this recipe

    Bar-B-Q Turkey Burgers with Grilled Pineapple Guacamole

    Grilled pineapple-studded guacamole is piled on top of these turkey burgers that have been brushed with a sweet-and-spicy bar-b-q sauce.

    Make this recipe

    Falafel-Spiced Cucumber Bites

    These cucumber bites are a healthy party appetizer recipe with major Middle Eastern flair! They're quick & easy to assemble and make a great addition to any game day appetizer spread, dinner party, or cocktail party.

    Make this recipe

    Our Favorite Steak Fajitas

    These tender steak fajitas are one of my family's very favorite meals - a perfect Tex-Mex dinner made in a single cast iron skillet.

    Make this recipe

    Chicken Quesadillas with Chipotle Ranch Dip

    Simply seasoned chicken thighs are cooked in the Instant Pot till tender, then shredded + sandwiched between 2 types of cheese in this delicious recipe.

    Make this recipe

    Latin-Spiced Pork + Squash Skillet with Chili Lime Cherries

    This smoky-sweet single skillet meal is a quick and easy way to get a comfort food dinner with Latin flair on the table any night of the week.

    Make this recipe

    Roasted Kabocha and Eggplant Tacos with Poblano Crema

    There's no need to peel the squash for these vegetarian tacos - just scrub it clean! You can even save the seeds and roast them for a tasty snack later.

    Make this recipe

    Falafel with Yogurt-Herb Sauce

    Chickpea and herb patties are stuffed into pocket pitas for a tasty, plant-based sandwich. Delicious with a quick, tangy yogurt-herb sauce!

    Make this recipe

    Muhammara

    A rich, garlicky dip made from roasted red peppers, walnuts, and pomegranate molasses. Great served with pita bread and feta cheese.

    GET THE RECIPE

    Terri's Favorite Vegetarian Black Bean Burger

    These veggie burgers pack some major flavor! The combination of cumin with fresh cilantro and green onion inside the patties is a real keeper.

    Make this recipe

    Toasted Spice Guacamole

    Toasting spices before grinding them with a mortar and pestle amps up the flavor in this guacamole recipe.

    Make this recipe

    Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Salad with Tahini-Lemon Vinaigrette

    This quick, simple Middle Eastern salad + homemade pita chips brings all the flavor of falafel in a fraction of the time - no deep frying required!

    Make this recipe
    Caramelized Cumin-Roasted Carrots

    Caramelized Cumin-Roasted Carrots

    Aromatic cumin seeds add Indian flair to this simple side dish.

    Make this recipe
    Roundup post powered by Tasty Roundups

    I hope this post has inspired you to pop open a jar of cumin and get cooking!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    16 Favorite Sweets for Big Flavors' Sweet Sixteen

    August 1, 2022 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Text reads, "16 Favorite Sweets on Big Flavors".

    Celebrating 16 years of Big Flavors with a collection of 16 of our favorite sweet recipes - desserts, drinks, apps, and more!

    Text that says 16 Favorite Sweets to Celebrate Big Flavors' Sweet Sixteen along with a photo of apple pie a la mode and chocolate peppermint cookies.

    You know what they say... time flies when you're eating delicious food!

    And my oh my is it blowing my mind that I started this little online adventure a whopping 16 years ago!

    Things have changed so very much since I began posting about food online back in 2006. I've talked about some of those ways before (check out this post from 2013 for more on that topic).

    I thought it'd be nice this year to have a sweet celebration.

    Because my baby is turning 16. Big Flavors is old enough to drive a car now. It's wild!

    So without further ado, here are 16 of our very favorite sweet recipes from the past 16 years.

    And since I make the rules in this little corner of the internet, I'm sharing the recipes below in alphabetical order. It's hard enough for me to pick favorites without having to rank them any further than that.

    Bon appétit!

    2 bowls of yogurt topped with chocolate, coconut, caramel, and Rice Krispies cereal.
    5-Ingredient Samoa Cereal Bowls

    1. 5-Ingredient Samoa Cereal Bowls

    This quick & easy 5-ingredient Greek yogurt cereal bowl features toasted coconut + Rice Krispies - an ode to one of my favorite cookies, the Samoa!

    The flavor combination here is absolutely delicious. It's a fun twist on a yogurt parfait!

    Hand holding chocolate covered raspberry petit fours.
    Chocolate Covered Raspberry Petit Fours with Petite Crème Filling

    2. Chocolate Covered Raspberry Petit Fours with Petite Crème Filling

    Graham crackers are coated in bittersweet chocolate, topped with filled raspberries, and drizzled with even more chocolate for a simple yet elegant dessert. Or breakfast. No judgment here!

    This recipe was one that I created for Stonyfield back in 2015, and they have since discontinued the Petit Crème line of yogurt. It was SO good, and I'm bummed that it's gone.

    I'm going to have to go back to this recipe and try to tweak it to use a new filling. I think thick Greek-style yogurt with vanilla bean paste mixed in would be fairly close.

    Side view of a slice of Dutch apple pie a la mode
    Classic Dutch Apple Pie

    3. Classic Dutch Apple Pie

    This easy homemade deep-dish Dutch apple pie recipe has been the star of my family's holiday gatherings for generations. Truly a classic, favorite dessert.

    My favorite way to enjoy this pie is warm with a scoop of vanilla bean ice cream on top. SERIOUSLY delicious!

    Plate of peanut butter cookies with bites taken out of one
    Classic Peanut Butter Cookies

    4. Classic Peanut Butter Cookies

    These soft, chewy peanut butter cookies are a dessert recipe that my family has been baking for years. Easy to make with kids & always guaranteed to be a hit!

    By far one of the top cookie recipes I make, these peanut butter cookies are always a crowd-pleaser. They've gone over extremely well in my cooking classes, both in-person and virtual, for many years now.

    Dunking a Deep Fried Nutella S’mores Dumpling into marshmallow fluff.
    Deep Fried Nutella S’mores Dumplings

    5. Deep Fried Nutella S'mores Dumplings

    We took all the fun of s'mores but upped the ante by stuffing them inside dumpling wrappers, swapping the chocolate for Nutella, deep frying them and dunking them in marshmallow fluff.

    This recipe was a collaboration between me and my friend Joanne from Eats Well With Others. We had a "Dumplingpalooza" at my house back in 2015 and this was the dessert round.

    You can check out her take on the fun here.

    Banana halves on popsicle sticks coated in peanut butter and bacon.
    Elvis-Style Frozen Bananas

    6. Elvis-Style Frozen Bananas

    Elvis-Style Frozen Bananas take the classic Elvis sandwich (peanut butter, banana + bacon) to a new level! This easy 3 ingredient frozen dessert ROCKS!

    It's a sweet treat that's fit for the king!

    Holding a decorated, Christmas tree-shaped cookie with a bite taken out of it.
    Grandma's Christmas Cookies

    7. Grandma's Christmas Cookies

    Traditional roll-out sugar cookies are a Christmas dessert that keep my grandma's memory alive. Break out the cookie cutters and let's get baking!

    Super soft and absolutely delicious. These are an absolute dream to bake up, and fun to make with kids of all ages.

    And don't think you have to limit these beauties to Christmastime - they're great for any occasion! I've made them for Valentine's Day (heart-shaped), Halloween (cats, bats, ghosts, pumpkins, etc.), "plain" round ones, and more.

    Carrots in a serving dish topped with parsley.
    Honey Balsamic Roasted Carrots

    8. Honey Balsamic Roasted Carrots

    This sweet-and-tangy side dish is super easy to put together and adds a nice pop of color to your dinner table!

    The sweetness of the carrots combined with honey and tangy balsamic makes this simple veggie dish a delight!

    We often enjoy this with Easter dinner, but it's great any time you need to whip up a low-maintenance side.

    A board with honeyed chorizo and goat cheese crostini along with red wine.
    Honeyed Chorizo & Fig Crostini

    9. Honeyed Chorizo & Fig Crostini

    This smoky-sweet Spanish appetizer recipe is guaranteed to be a hit at your next tapas party. Pair it with a fruity Spanish wine for a simple, elegant hors d'oeuvre that can be prepared in under 15 minutes!

    This sweet-and-smoky appetizer is easy and delicious. I love serving it in combination with my Prosciutto & Brie Crostini with Dried Apricots.

    Overhead shot of two plates, each topped with a slice of Italian Cheesecake
    Italian Cream Cheese and Ricotta Cheesecake

    10. Italian Cream Cheese and Ricotta Cheesecake

    This super rich, creamy, tangy, no-frills, crustless Italian-style cheesecake is easier than you'd think to prepare at home!

    Great plain or with your favorite toppings (like fruit, chocolate, caramel, or crushed Oreos). It freezes beautifully, too, making this an awesome make-ahead dessert option.

    I've been making this recipe for yearssssss and it's always a hit. I have updated photos and tips that I plan to put into a revamped post soon but haven't gotten to it quite yet.

    Overhead shot of a bowl of Mango, Jicama + Black Bean Salsa with tortilla chips.
    Mango, Jicama + Black Bean Salsa

    11. Mango, Jicama + Black Bean Salsa

    Juicy, ripe mango and fresh lime brighten the flavors of this sweet-and-salty black bean salsa. Perfect for Cinco de Mayo, potlucks, and summer BBQs!

    This salsa is seriously tasty on top of tacos or grilled meat, seafood, or tofu also. Deliciously refreshing for summertime!

    Cookie jar and platter of peppermint hot chocolate cookies with glasses of milk alongside.
    Peppermint Hot Chocolate Cookies

    12. Peppermint Hot Chocolate Cookies

    Hot cocoa and cookie lovers unite! Peppermint hot chocolate cookies are a festive treat perfect for winter holidays and cookie exchanges.

    These cookies are a spin on another favorite recipe, Melt-in-Your-Mouth Buttermilk Chocolate Cookies. They're a great way to use up a partial container of buttermilk and so much fun to make around the winter holidays.

    My virtual cooking class participants have really enjoyed these cookies. I have another recipe for a pancake version of them that I've taught several times but have yet to post here on Big Flavors.

    There is so much deliciousness in store for the future, and I'm excited to share it with you!

    Rhubarb custard pie on a plate with a fork next to the pie plate.
    Rhubarb Custard Pie

    13. Rhubarb Custard Pie

    This sweet-tart, custardy pie makes a unique addition to any holiday table. It's a simple make-ahead recipe that's been a family favorite since I was a kid!

    If I was hard-pressed to choose my favorite dessert of all-time, it'd probably be this one. It's unlike any other pie I've had, and I absolutely love it.

    My mouth waters just looking at the photo!

    Overhead view of Roasted Honeynut Squash with Burrata, Pomegranate + Pepitas
    Roasted Honeynut Squash with Burrata, Pomegranate + Pepitas

    14. Roasted Honeynut Squash with Burrata, Pomegranate + Pepitas

    This roasted honeynut squash + burrata recipe is easy enough for a weeknight and elegant enough for your holiday table. A perfect, colorful side dish!

    It's like butternut squash's adorable little cousin. The petite size makes for perfect individual portions!

    And you know I'll take any excuse to break some burrata cheese over a dish...

    2 dishes of strawberry basil shortcake with popcorn.
    Tolon’s Strawberry Basil Shortcake

    15. Tolon's Strawberry Basil Shortcake

    This recipe is one that I learned from Chef Matthew Nolot at his restaurant Tolon in Fort Wayne, Indiana.

    I had such a great time with him in the kitchen that day, and watching him create a recipe with ingredients that inspired him at the farmers' market that morning was a real treat.

    The combination of flavors in this dish is just outrageously delicious, and the pièce de résistance is the buttered popcorn whipped cream that finishes off the dish.

    So, so, SO very delicious!

    2 cocktails garnished with watermelon and fresh mint.
    Watermelon Sugar High Tequila Cocktail

    16. Watermelon Sugar High Tequila Cocktail

    Move over, margaritas! This refreshing watermelon cocktail made with fresh mint, lime, & tequila is the perfect way to cool off this summer.

    Wrapping up this sweet 16 celebration with this insanely delicious cocktail that was inspired by a local restaurant last summer.

    The post includes a mocktail variation, because something this refreshing shouldn't be exclusively for people who imbibe.

    Cheers!


    And there you have it! 16 of our favorite sweet recipes in celebration of 16 years of Big Flavors. Did your favorite make the list?

    I'd like to thank each and every one of you for being on this journey with me. I appreciate every comment, email, DM, class participant, and social media shoutout.

    Your support means the world to me. The friendships and conversations I've had thanks to this little venture of mine have been truly wonderful.


    👩🏻‍💻 Let's stay in touch!

    If you aren't already subscribed to Extra Helping, my email newsletter, you can do that here. You can also find me on social media (Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Pinterest, TikTok, and Twitter).

    Feel free to check out my events schedule for upcoming virtual and in-person events. And finally, find my digital product offerings over at Gumroad.


    Want to see more blogiversary celebrations?

    • 2023: 17 Most Repeated Recipes to Celebrate 17 Years of Big Flavors
    • 2022: 16 Favorite Sweets for Big Flavors' Sweet Sixteen
    • 2021: 15 Favorite Food Memories to Celebrate 15 Years of Big Flavors
    • 2020: 14 Favorite Recipes to Celebrate 14 Years of Big Flavors
    • 2019: 13 Things I've Learned in 13 Years of Food Blogging
    • 2018: 12 Most Popular Recipes on Big Flavors
    • 2017: Tropical Superfruit Smoothie Bowl
    • 2016: A Decade of Big Flavors
    • 2015: Big Flavors Turns 9 + Reader Favorites
    • 2014: Big Flavors Turns 8 + Reader Favorites
    • 2013: Big Flavors Turns 7!
    • 2012: Big Flavors Turns 6! Quinoa Mexi 6 Layer Casserole
    • 2011: Turning 5: Chinese Five Spice Crusted Tofu over Fried Rice
    • 2010: Big Flavors Turns 4! (And A Nutella Banana Panini)
    • 2009: Big Flavors Turns 3! Let's Celebrate with Banana Crumb Muffins
    • 2007: One-Year Anniversary of Big Flavors!

    Craving more? Check out my latest posts…

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Homemade Grill Seasoning: The BEST Spice Blend for Meat & Veggies

    July 25, 2022 by Ashley 8 Comments

    Glass jar filled with layers of spices.

    This post may contain affiliate links, which won’t change your price but will share some commission.

    This homemade grill seasoning is perfect for chicken, steak, pork, seafood, & veggies! Great for grilling or as an all-purpose seasoned salt.

    I've been using this blend on anything and everything in my kitchen lately and I'm excited to finally share the recipe with you!

    Glass jar filled with layers of spices.

    Homemade spice mixes are super easy to put together and come in handy so, so often.

    I don't use spice blends too often but I do have a few staples in my pantry including our favorite fajita seasoning and this super versatile grill seasoning blend.

    This 5-ingredient workhorse is great any time you want to add a little extra oomph to an otherwise plain, unseasoned ingredient like steak, chicken, pork, salmon, shrimp, tofu, or veggies.

    There are a lot of recipes that call for grill seasoning or seasoned salt, and this homemade mix can be used as either.

    Jump To:

    • 🧡 Why we love this recipe
    • 📝 Ingredients
    • 🧂 A note about salt
    • ✅ Instructions
    • 💡 Ways to use homemade grill seasoning
    • 🫙 Equipment and storage recommendations
    • 📖 Recipe

    🧡 Why we love this recipe

    • It comes together with just 5 ingredients that you likely already have in your pantry.
    • Making your own spice blends is less expensive than buying them from the store.
    • When you make your own, you can tweak the ingredients to fit your family's preferences.
    • Grill seasoning is endlessly useful to add flavor to otherwise "plain" items.
    • The flavor of this grill seasoning compliments so many different ingredients - it's endlessly versatile!
    Ingredients to make homemade grill seasoning.

    📝 Ingredients

    Here's everything you need to make a batch of homemade grill seasoning (see recipe card below for ingredient amounts and full directions):

    • Kosher salt (see notes below)
    • Ground black pepper (use the pre-ground kind here, not freshly cracked)
    • Garlic powder
    • Smoked paprika
    • Chili powder
    Pouring kosher salt into a glass jar.
    Pouring garlic powder into a glass jar.
    Pouring chili powder into a glass jar.

    🧂 A Note About Salt

    This recipe uses kosher salt which can be found in your grocery store located in the baking aisle.

    Prior to 2025, I used Morton coarse kosher salt in my cooking. I switched over to Diamond Crystal kosher salt after having size inconsistencies over multiple packages of Morton.

    Image showing the size difference between 3 different containers of kosher salt.

    In the photo above, you'll see the size that this particular salt has always been (left), what seems to be the "new" size (center), and Diamond Crystal Kosher Salt, which is the other major brand that is used in most professional kitchens (right).

    Why does salt crystal size matter? 🧂 

    When the crystal size is larger, salt doesn't dissolve as quickly as its smaller counterpart. This proved problematic when my husband made eggs for breakfast, and me and my son kept getting super salty bites. We realized it was because those larger salt crystals weren't dissolving or dispersing evenly.

    You can also fit a larger quantity of salt in your measuring spoon when the grains are smaller. So you'll have a saltier ½ teaspoon of a finer-grained salt than a coarser one.

    What this means is that you need to be aware that salt measurements can vary. If you follow a recipe and it's too salty using those measurements, it's possible that the recipe writer used a different size of salt than what you used.

    There's no right or wrong brand to use, but be sure to get a hang of the characteristics of what you're using when you're cooking. Nobody wants to have overly salty food!

    Because of the inconsistency in size, I'm switching to Diamond Crystal in my kitchen. It may take a little getting used to, but it's something that seems necessary to the consistency of my home cooking.

    One further note - this article from Food 52 goes into more detail about the differences between these 2 brands of kosher salt (not the grain-size difference in one single that sparked my switch), and it's a great read!

    ✅ Instructions

    This recipe is super simple to put together! Just add all of your ingredients to a jar and shake to combine!

    You could also stir or whisk everything together in a bowl and then transfer it to your storage container(s) of choice.

    See recipe card below for full instructions.

    Holding a glass jar filled with layers of spices.
    Shaking a glass jar full of spices to combine.
    Glass jar filled with homemade grill seasoning.

    💡 Ways to use homemade grill seasoning

    I'm constantly finding new ways to use this spice blend. I've said it before, but I really do mean it... it's incredibly versatile!

    Sometimes we actually grill whatever item we season with this mix, and other times we use the air fryer, stovetop, or oven. It's awesome on roasted veggies. Again - it can really work wherever you need it!

    Below are just some of the many items we've sprinkled our grill seasoning on so far:

    • Salmon
    • Chicken (thighs, breasts, cutlets)
    • Steak
    • Burger patties (turkey, beef, or vegan meat substitute - we like Beyond Beef)
    • Shrimp
    • Scallops
    • Cod
    • Tofu
    • Asparagus
    • Broccoli
    • Veggie skewers
    • Bell peppers
    • Shishito peppers
    • Corn on the cob

    As far as recipe-specific uses, here are a few ways I love using this grill seasoning:

    • To season the chicken for this BBQ chicken pizza with smoked mozzarella
    • Sprinkled on the chicken for this Thai chicken pizza
    • To season the water in this chicken salad recipe
    Scooping a small spoonful of homemade grill seasoning from the jar.

    🫙 Equipment and storage recommendations

    Once your grill seasoning is mixed, you can pour it into your storage container(s) of choice.

    You may need to use a small metal funnel to help guide some of the spices into the jars. I find it helpful when working with more finely ground ingredients.

    Store your homemade seasoning blend in an airtight container (like a tightly closed spice jar) in a cool, dry place.

    When choosing a storage location for your spices, it's best to keep them away from heat sources. That's why storing them next to your oven isn't recommended.

    It's preferable to keep them in a dark place, or at least away from direct sunlight, to retain maximum flavor.

    This blend will keep for several months, stored properly in your pantry or cabinet.

    Glass jar with homemade spice mix inside next to a labeled metal lid.

    🌱 Eco-Friendly Tip

    Eco-friendly tip: Hang on to empty spice jars as you use them in your kitchen. That way when you have a homemade spice blend, you already have a perfect storage container!

    You can remove the label from old jars and tins and write on them with a permanent marker. Or bust out your label maker and make a pretty new label if that's more your style.

    I personally have a mix of both handwritten and "properly" labeled mixes in my house.

    Label maker with the word seasoning typed out.
    Glass jar full of spice mix labeled "grill seasoning".

    My tiny kitchen is short on space, so I have to store my spices in a few different places.

    I have a bin of spice jars above my sink. I also have an assortment of magnetic spice tins displayed on the wall in my kitchen. I keep bags of spices in buckets tucked away in a cabinet.

    Use whatever works for the space you have. Here are a few recommendations if you're in the market for new spice storage options:

    Recommended spice storage containers

    Image of spice jars

    spice jars

    Buy Now →
    Image of spice jars with shaker lids

    spice jars with shaker lids

    Buy Now →
    Image of magnetic spice tins

    magnetic spice tins

    Buy Now →
    Image of magnetic hexagon glass spice jars

    magnetic hexagon glass spice jars

    Buy Now →
    Image of 4 oz canning jars

    4 oz canning jars

    Buy Now →
    Featured Links powered by

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Hand holding a spice jar with layered fajita seasoning ingredients.
    The Best Homemade Fajita Seasoning Recipe - Penzeys Copycat Spice Mix
    Spoon with dry brine seasoning mix.
    Dry Brine Seasoning Blend for Turkey and Chicken
    Bacon and Caramelized Onion Jam
    Bacon and Caramelized Onion Jam
    Overhead shot of a bowl of Mango, Jicama + Black Bean Salsa with tortilla chips.
    Mango, Jicama + Black Bean Salsa

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Middle Eastern Fattoush Salad with Homemade Pita Chips

    July 6, 2022 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Bowl of fattoush salad with serving utensils.

    Homemade crispy, baked pita chips and an easy sumac vinaigrette add Middle Eastern flair to this veggie-packed fattoush salad recipe.

    Bowl of fattoush salad with serving utensils.

    I came up with this fattoush salad recipe as a way to use up some of my leftover baked pita chips.

    The results, paired with my homemade sumac vinaigrette, wound up quickly joining the regular recipe rotation in my house.

    The components of this salad can all be prepped in advance, and you can toss it all together right before serving. Keep reading for more info, tips, and tricks for fattoush salad success!

    Jump To:

    • 🧡 Why we love this recipe
    • 🫓 What is fattoush?
    • 📝 Ingredients
    • 🔎 What is sumac?
    • ✅ How to make this recipe
    • 🍅 Quick tip: the fastest way to slice tomatoes
    • 🥡 Storage recommendations
    • 📖 Recipe

    🧡 Why we love this recipe

    • This salad is super crisp and refreshing! Perfect for warm weather and picnics.
    • It's a great way to use up odds and ends that are hanging out in your produce drawer.
    • Colorful food is always a welcome addition to the table.
    • Fattoush is great on its own as a meal, or as a side to other dishes like my broiler kebab, Persian meatloaf, or Persian Beef and Celery Stew (Khoreshe Karafs).
    • It's easily made vegan by omitting the feta or using a vegan substitute.
    Tossing together ingredients for fattoush salad in a bowl.

    🫓 What is fattoush?

    When people ask me to describe fattoush salad, I usually liken it to a Middle Eastern version of an Italian panzanella salad.

    Instead of stale bread, fattoush uses crumbled, seasoned pita bread. In the case of this recipe, it uses baked pita chips.

    There aren't any strict rules on what types of veggies you use here. Feel free to add your favorites, along with any salad greens that you enjoy!

    Basically, making fattoush entails mixing up a big salad, packed with fresh veggies, and breaking up the pita chips over top of it. A quick mix, and the pita chips start to soak up the flavors of your salad, but still retain their crispiness.

    It's key with fattoush to only add the pita chips right before you plan to serve your salad. the longer they sit, the soggier they'll get.

    And nobody wants a soggy salad!

    Overhead view of ingredients for fattoush salad.

    📝 Ingredients

    Here's everything you need to make this fattoush salad (see recipe card below for ingredient amounts and full directions):

    • Tomatoes - I like using grape or cherry tomatoes. The multi-colored mixes are especially lovely in this recipe!
    • Cucumber - I tend to buy English cucumbers, but whatever type you prefer is fine. If using a smaller variety, like a Persian cucumber, use 3-4 instead of just one.
    • Radishes
    • Flat-leaf parsley
    • Fresh mint
    • Green onions (also called scallions)
    • Feta cheese (optional)
    • Sumac vinaigrette
    • Pita chips (preferably homemade, but storebought is absolutely fine!)
    Adding cucumbers to a bowl of tomatoes.
    Slicing radishes.
    Pouring sumac vinaigrette over a fattoush salad.

    🔎 What is sumac?

    This recipe uses ground sumac which is available at most specialty spice shops and Middle Eastern markets. It can also sometimes be found at organic/health food markets or grocery stores with a big selection of international foods.

    If you don't have any of those options nearby, it's readily available online.

    Culinarily speaking sumac is a crimson-colored spice that is made from ground sumac berries. It is not the same thing as the poisonous sumac plant.

    Ground sumac is often found in a shaker next to the salt and pepper in Persian restaurants. It's delicious when sprinkled over grilled meat and seafood, kebabs, vegetables, rice, or hummus.

    Sumac is a lovely addition to anything you'd like to lightly dust with its tart flavor and deep red hue.

    👅 What does sumac taste like?

    The flavor of sumac is tart and a bit lemony with a slightly astringent flavor. It's a bit sweet, and a bit sour.

    Sumac is often mixed with salt, so I recommend leaving out any additional salt in recipes that call for more than a pinch of sumac until you're able to taste it for seasoning.

    📌 Substitutions for ground sumac

    Sumac is a tricky spice to substitute, but you can get in the ballpark, flavor-wise.

    If you don't have ground sumac, you can omit it and add a little fresh lemon zest and kosher salt, to taste, for seasoning.

    Many brands of za'atar also have sumac mixed in, so that's another option. It won't be exact, but it'll be tasty!

    Whisking seasoning and oil together for pita chip coating.
    Adding feta cheese to a salad.
    Tossing a bowl of fattoush salad together with tongs.

    ✅ How to make this recipe

    This recipe has 3 components, but they all come together fairly quickly. I like to get the pita chips into the oven first and work on the other parts while they're baking to streamline the prep.

    1. If you're making your own pita chips, prep the pita bread and bake it. See my homemade baked pita chip recipe here. You can also use storebought pita chips.
    2. While the pita is in the oven, whisk together the vinaigrette. You'll need ⅓ cup of it for this salad. See my sumac vinaigrette recipe here.
    3. Chop all of your veggies and put them in a large bowl.
    4. Add feta, if using, and the vinaigrette and toss well to combine.
    5. Once your pita chips are fully cool, crumble them over the rest of the ingredients, give them a gentle toss, and serve!

    See recipe card below for full instructions.

    Bowl of fattoush salad ready to be served.

    🍅 Quick tip: the fastest way to slice tomatoes

    I learned this tip yeeeeears ago, and it was a total game-changer. I believe I originally saw it on one of Rachael Ray's cooking shows.

    It never fails to blow minds in my virtual cooking classes, so I'm sharing it here for you, in case you haven't seen it yet.

    You'll need 2 lids - the type you find at the deli, or when you get something like soup from a restaurant takeout or delivery order.

    Tomatoes and fresh herbs.
    Add a layer of tomatoes onto one lid, lip-side up.
    Prepping grape tomatoes to be sliced for salad.
    Place another lid on top, lip-side down.
    Slicing grape tomatoes in half with a knife.
    Press down with one hand and slice through between the two lids.

    Be sure to use the "lip" of the lid (the raised edge/rim) to secure your tomatoes. It should be facing up on your bottom lid, and down on the top lid so that the two lids cradle the tomatoes.

    Use gentle pressure with one hand to secure the tomatoes while you use your chef's knife to slice through the tomatoes.

    You'll use the space between the two lids as a guide, and your knife will do all the work for you!

    Sliced tomatoes and a glass of fresh herbs.
    A bowl with sliced tomatoes and a glass of fresh herbs.

    This works beautifully with grape tomatoes, cherry tomatoes, pitted olives, grapes, or anything else that's small and round like this.

    It makes super quick work of slicing, and it's a kitchen hack I use often!

    This method comes in handy for salad prep, quickly chopping toppings for tacos, and more. I hope it finds a place in your cooking arsenal, too.

    🥡 Storage recommendations

    The components of this salad can be made in advance. If you don't plan to eat it within 30 minutes or so, I strongly recommend storing the pita chips in a separate container.

    You can also store the sumac vinaigrette separately if you'd like, but the salad does hold up pretty well after it's been dressed.

    Alternately, you could put the vinaigrette on the bottom of your serving bowl, add all of your veggies on top, and refrigerate it like that. Then, when you're ready to serve, toss it together before adding your pita chips and gently mixing.

    Your homemade seasoned pita chips will stay nice and crispy for several days (if they last that long!) stored in an airtight container.

    The most important thing is to make sure the chips are completely cool before moving them into your storage vessel of choice.

    The sumac vinaigrette will keep well in a sealed container in the refrigerator for several days.

    Because of the oil, it may solidify when chilled. You may need to take it out of the refrigerator to let it warm up a bit before using it again.

    Fattoush salad will hold up well in a sealed container in the refrigerator for several days, again, as long as you keep the pita chips separate.

    I reeeeeally can't stress that enough.

    I made that mistake the first time I made it and the leftovers were full of sad, soggy pita bread instead of deliciously crispy pita chips.

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    2 square bowls filled with chickpea salad, avocado, and microgreens.
    Quick Chickpea Salad with Lemon-Dill Vinaigrette
    Overhead view of a sheet pan with Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbread on top surrounded by garnishes.
    Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbreads
    This quick & easy Greek-inspired chickpea salad is packed with fresh veggies and a lemony herb-studded flax vinaigrette for a delicious Omega-3 boost! | Mediterranean Chickpea Salad with Lemon-Herb Vinaigrette | bigflavorstinykitchen.com
    Mediterranean Chickpea Salad with Lemon-Herb Vinaigrette
    Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Salad with Plate of Tahini-Lemon Vinaigrette and pita chips.
    Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Salad with Tahini-Lemon Vinaigrette

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Sumac Vinaigrette: Quick & Easy Homemade Salad Dressing Recipe

    June 14, 2022 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Ingredients for sumac vinaigrette.

    Ground sumac is a wonderfully tangy spice used in Middle Eastern recipes. This 4-ingredient sumac vinaigrette is a quick & easy way to enjoy it!

    Ingredients for sumac vinaigrette.

    Ground sumac is such a fun ingredient. The last time I bought some, the jar was so big that I was determined to find ways to use it other than just sprinkling it on top of my kebab.

    And that's how this sumac vinaigrette recipe came about. I wanted to make a homemade dressing to go with my fattoush salad with baked pita chips.

    I figured that the tangy bite of sumac would pair beautifully with the other flavors in that dish, and boy did it!

    Pouring sumac vinaigrette over a fattoush salad.

    Jump To:

    • 🧡 Why we love this recipe
    • 📝 Ingredients
    • 🔎 What is sumac?
    • 👅 What does sumac taste like?
    • 📌 Substitutions for ground sumac
    • ✅ How to make this recipe
    • 🥡 Storage recommendations
    • 💡 Other ways to use sumac
    • 📖 Recipe

    🧡 Why we love this recipe

    • It's quick and easy to put together.
    • This sumac vinaigrette makes great use of the jar of ground sumac hanging out in the pantry.
    • It only requires 4 ingredients.
    • The vibrant crimson color adds a nice pop to any green salad.
    • It can be made in advance and holds up well in the refrigerator for several days.
    Holding a small pitcher of sumac vinaigrette.

    📝 Ingredients

    Here's everything you need to make this homemade salad dressing (see recipe card below for ingredient amounts and full directions):

    • Extra-virgin olive oil
    • Freshly squeezed lemon juice
    • Ground sumac
    • Ground cinnamon
    • Kosher salt (only if needed - most sumac is already mixed with salt, so be sure to taste!)
    Pouring olive oil into a bowl.
    Juicing a lemon.
    Pouring lemon juice into a bowl of oil.

    🔎 What is sumac?

    This recipe uses ground sumac which is available at most specialty spice shops and Middle Eastern markets. It can also sometimes be found at organic/health food markets or grocery stores with a big selection of international foods.

    If you don't have any of those options nearby, it's readily available online.

    Culinarily speaking sumac is a crimson-colored spice that is made from ground sumac berries. It is not the same thing as the poisonous sumac plant.

    Ground sumac is often found in a shaker next to the salt and pepper in Persian restaurants. It's delicious when sprinkled over grilled meat and seafood, kebabs, vegetables, rice, or hummus.

    Sumac is a lovely addition to anything you'd like to lightly dust with its tart flavor and deep red hue.

    👅 What does sumac taste like?

    The flavor of sumac is tart and a little lemony with a slightly astringent flavor. It's a bit sweet, and a bit sour.

    Sumac is often mixed with salt, so I recommend leaving out any additional salt in recipes that call for more than a pinch of sumac until you're able to taste it for seasoning.

    📌 Substitutions for ground sumac

    Sumac is a tricky spice to substitute, but you can get in the ballpark, flavor-wise.

    If you don't have ground sumac, you can omit it and add a little fresh lemon zest and kosher salt, to taste, for seasoning.

    Many brands of za'atar also have sumac mixed in, so that's another option. It won't be exact, but it'll be tasty!

    💡 Uses for ground sumac

    We love sprinkling sumac over lots of things. It's fantastic on top of kebab or your favorite grilled meat. It's also the perfect pop of color on top of homemade hummus or muhammara. It's also a key part of the sumac vinaigrette that I use in my fattoush salad.

    ✅ How to make this recipe

    This sumac vinaigrette is super simple to put together. Just whisk together all of the ingredients in a medium bowl, taste for seasoning, and serve!

    See recipe card below for full instructions.

    Adding cinnamon to a bowl of oil and spices.
    Whisking sumac vinaigrette ingredients together in a bowl.
    Whisk in a bowl full of sumac vinaigrette.

    🥡 Storage recommendations

    This vinaigrette will keep well in a sealed container in the refrigerator for several days.

    Because of the oil, it may solidify when chilled. You may need to take it out of the refrigerator to let it warm up a bit before using it again.

    You can speed up this process by running some hot water over the container to help re-liquefy any oil that has solidified.

    Then just give it a good shake and use it as desired!

    I like storing my homemade salad dressing in a mason jar or glass flask in the refrigerator. I also found this salad dressing mixer that seems like it'd be great for things like this that tend to separate when stored.

    💡 Other ways to use sumac

    Ground sumac is a versatile ingredient! Some of our favorite ways to use it are:

    • In a Middle Eastern fattoush salad
    • Sprinkled on top of hummus (along with a drizzle of extra-virgin olive oil)
    • As a topping for our favorite broiler kebab sheet pan meal
    • Dusted on top of this Instant Pot Persian Beef and Celery Stew (Khoreshe Karafs)
    • On beef, lamb, chicken, seafood, or tofu before it hits the grill
    • Shaken over the top of salad greens
    • As part of a spice rub or marinade for meat or veggies

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Overhead view of Broiler Kebab served in pita bread with a side of mast-o-khiar yogurt sauce.
    Broiler Kebab Sheet Pan Meal
    Fattoush Salad with Homemade Pita Chips
    Fattoush Salad with Homemade Pita Chips
    Overhead view of 2 bowls of Instant Pot Persian Beef and Celery Stew (Khoreshe Karafs) over dill rice.
    Instant Pot Persian Beef and Celery Stew (Khoreshe Karafs)
    Bowl of freshly baked pita chips.
    Homemade Seasoned Pita Chips

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Homemade Seasoned Pita Chips: Easy, Baked, 5-Ingredient Recipe

    June 3, 2022 by Ashley 6 Comments

    Bowl of freshly baked pita chips.

    Freshly baked crispy pita chips are easy to make at home from pita bread in under 10 minutes! Just 5 ingredients plus salt and pepper and you're ready to dig in.

    Holding a baked pita chip with a bowl full in the background.

    Who doesn't love a crispy, delicious pita chip? They're perfect for scooping up hummus, babaganoush, muhammara, buffalo chickpea dip, and more.

    These pita chips have been a huge hit during my cooking classes (both virtual and in-person) for years now, and I'm finally bringing the recipe to my website. They're also a staple in my favorite fattoush salad.

    So grab a package of pita bread and buckle up. Your home snacking game is about to get a major upgrade!

    Jump To:

    • 🧡 Why we love this recipe
    • 📝 Ingredients
    • 🧂 A note about salt
    • ✅ How to make this recipe
    • 📌 Tips for crispy pita chips
    • 💡 What to serve with pita chips
    • 🥣 Variations and other seasoning ideas
    • 🥡 Storage recommendations
    • 📖 Recipe

    🧡 Why we love this recipe

    • Baking the pita chips is a much healthier (and easier!) option than frying.
    • The seasonings are super versatile! You can use the suggested seasonings below or change things up. The sky (and your pantry) is the limit!
    • You can control the amount of each ingredient (fat, salt, etc.) so they can fit in with whatever your current dietary needs may be.
    • They can be made in advance and stay fresh and crispy for several days in an airtight container (see storage tips below).
    • Homemade pita chips make a fantastic addition to snack boards, appetizer spreads, picnics, and lunch boxes.
    Ingredients ready to make homemade pita chips.

    📝 Ingredients

    Here's everything you need to make your own baked pita chips (see recipe card below for ingredient amounts and full directions):

    • Pita bread - I like using pocket-style pita bread for thinner pita chips, but pocketless pita bread will work, too.
    • Olive oil - just a few tablespoons to help the pita chips get nice and crispy.
    • Dried parsley
    • Dried oregano
    • Kosher salt
    • Ground paprika
    • Black pepper
    Pouring olive oil into a large bowl.
    Pouring salt and pepper into a large bowl with seasoning and olive oil.
    Whisking herbs and spices in a bowl with olive oil.

    🧂 A Note About Salt

    This recipe uses kosher salt which can be found in your grocery store located in the baking aisle.

    Prior to 2025, I used Morton coarse kosher salt in my cooking. I switched over to Diamond Crystal kosher salt after having size inconsistencies over multiple packages of Morton.

    Image showing the size difference between 3 different containers of kosher salt.

    In the photo above, you'll see the size that this particular salt has always been (left), what seems to be the "new" size (center), and Diamond Crystal Kosher Salt, which is the other major brand that is used in most professional kitchens (right).

    Why does salt crystal size matter? 🧂 

    When the crystal size is larger, salt doesn't dissolve as quickly as its smaller counterpart. This proved problematic when my husband made eggs for breakfast, and me and my son kept getting super salty bites. We realized it was because those larger salt crystals weren't dissolving or dispersing evenly.

    You can also fit a larger quantity of salt in your measuring spoon when the grains are smaller. So you'll have a saltier ½ teaspoon of a finer-grained salt than a coarser one.

    What this means is that you need to be aware that salt measurements can vary. If you follow a recipe and it's too salty using those measurements, it's possible that the recipe writer used a different size of salt than what you used.

    There's no right or wrong brand to use, but be sure to get a hang of the characteristics of what you're using when you're cooking. Nobody wants to have overly salty food!

    Because of the inconsistency in size, I'm switching to Diamond Crystal in my kitchen. It may take a little getting used to, but it's something that seems necessary to the consistency of my home cooking.

    One further note - this article from Food 52 goes into more detail about the differences between these 2 brands of kosher salt (not the grain-size difference in one single that sparked my switch), and it's a great read!

    Pita bread cut into small triangles for homemade pita chips.
    Separating triangles of pita bread for homemade pita chips.
    Using tongs to toss pita triangles with seasoned oil.

    ✅ How to make this recipe

    1. Preheat your oven to 400°F.
    2. Cut each piece of pita bread into triangles and separate the layers.
    3. In a large bowl, whisk together oil and seasonings.
    4. Add pita to the bowl and toss to coat with the seasoned oil mixture.
    5. Spread into a single layer on a baking sheet.
    6. Bake until golden brown and crispy.

    See recipe card below for full instructions.

    Spreading seasoned pita triangles onto a baking sheet.
    Transfer your seasoned pita bread to a sheet pan.
    Single layer of seasoned pita bread on a baking sheet.
    Spread the pieces out in a single layer for even baking.

    📌 Tips for crispy pita chips

    There are a few things to help ensure your pita chips get nice and crispy in the oven.

    First off, only make one batch at a time using the middle rack of your oven. I've tested this recipe several times. Having 2 baking sheets in at once means that some of the chips are pretty close to the top heating element of the oven.

    This led to uneven baking, and chips that curled up a bit toward the heat. Baking them down a little further helps them stay nice and flat.

    If you want to make a double (or triple) batch of this recipe you absolutely can. Just do it in shifts, one sheet at a time, for best results.

    Tray of baked pita chips fresh out of the oven.

    Try to keep your pita pieces in a single layer when they're heading into the oven. A little overlap is OK, but a single layer will ensure the crispiest chips.

    Be sure to let your chips cool completely before storing them in an airtight container.

    If they're still warm when you seal your container, the residual heat will create condensation causing moisture to soften your (previously) crispy chips.

    Bowl of freshly baked pita chips.

    💡 What to serve with pita chips

    Pita chips are super versatile! Here are some of our favorite dishes to enjoy alongside pita chips.

    • Babaganoush
    • Buffalo Chickpea Dip
    • Caramelized Onion Dip
    • Chimi-Verde Dip
    • Middle Eastern Fattoush Salad with Homemade Pita Chips
    • Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Salad with Tahini-Lemon Vinaigrette
    • Easy Classic Hummus Using Canned Chickpeas
    • Muhammara
    • Spinach and Yogurt Dip with Caramelized Onion
    • Tabbouleh
    • Tzatziki
    • Whipped Feta

    Pita chips are also great as an addition to snack boards, cheeseboards, and mezze boards. They can also be used as croutons on top of your favorite salad or soup.

    They're a key ingredient in my Fattoush Salad with Homemade Pita Chips pictured below.

    Tossing together ingredients for fattoush salad in a bowl.
    Fattoush Salad with Homemade Pita Chips

    🥣 Variations and other seasoning ideas

    The seasonings in this recipe are by no means written in stone! Feel free to spice things up by swapping out and substituting different herbs and spices to really customize your pita chip experience

    Below are a few suggestions, but feel free to play around with the recipe. Swap out just one or all of the spices I have listed in the recipe card below!

    The baking time should be the same regardless of your choice of seasonings. If you try out a new combo, I'd love to hear about it in the comments section at the bottom of this post!

    Seasoning ideas for your baked pita chips:

    • Cheddar cheese powder
    • Cinnamon sugar
    • Fajita seasoning
    • Garlic & herb
    • Ground sumac
    • Italian seasoning
    • Smoked salt
    • Southwest seasoning
    • Taco seasoning
    • Tajín
    • Truffle salt
    • Za'atar

    🥡 Storage recommendations

    Your homemade seasoned pita chips will stay nice and crispy for several days (if they last that long!) stored in an airtight container.

    The most important thing is to make sure they are completely cool before moving them into your storage vessel of choice.

    If you put them in a closed container while they're still warm from the oven, condensation will form, causing them to get soggy.

    I like storing my pita chips in a stasher stand-up bag. It has plenty of room, and I just squeeze out any extra air (without crushing the chips) before sealing it up.

    A large food storage container is another great option for storing your cooled chips. A glass jar with a lid is another option. Whatever you go with, just make sure it's airtight to maintain maximum freshness.

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Muhammara
    Muhammara
    Fattoush Salad with Homemade Pita Chips
    Fattoush Salad with Homemade Pita Chips
    Buffalo chickpea dip with veggie chips, celery sticks, and a bottle of wing sauce.
    Buffalo Chickpea Dip
    Top Chef All Star Marcel Vigneron's Chimi-Verde Dip
    Top Chef All Star Marcel Vigneron's Chimi-Verde Dip

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Calabrese Potato Salad with Green Beans + Tomatoes (Italian, No-Mayo)

    April 16, 2022 by Ashley 4 Comments

    Stirring a bowl of Calabrese potato salad to combine.

    This simple mayo-free Italian potato salad recipe includes fresh & dried oregano, olive oil, & red wine vinegar. A Calabrian family favorite!

    Scooping a spoonful of Calabrese potato salad from the bowl

    I learned to make this mayo-free potato salad from my Italian father-in-law, who grew up in Calabria, Italy. The mixture of potatoes, green beans, tomatoes, oregano, and vinegar makes for such a refreshing side dish.

    This is a family favorite that is especially great when made with fresh summer produce, though we make this recipe all year round.

    My family enjoys garlicky recipes, and this Italian potato salad is no exception. Some of our other garlicky recipe favorites are:

    • Garlicky Broccoli Rabe
    • Garlicky Mushroom Ricotta Pizza with Wild Arugula + Aged Balsamic
    • Garlicky Goat Cheese + Herb Stuffed Peppadews
    • Garlicky Beer + Tarragon Steamed Mussels
    • Garlicky Tomato, Ri(goat)ta Cheese, Thyme, Honey + Aged Balsamic Toast
    • Garlicky Littleneck Clams with Bacon + Wine Over Sautéed Spring Veggies
    • Garlicky Sun-dried Tomato Studded Couscous

    Why we love this recipe

    • It's a great make-ahead side dish. In fact, it tastes better after sitting in the refrigerator for at least a few hours.
    • This potato salad is mayo-free, so it doesn't feel super heavy. It's a great alternative to a lot of picnic and BBQ side dishes that tend to be packed with mayonnaise.
    • You don't need to peel the baby potatoes used in this recipe. That means less prep work and more nutritional benefits. It's a win/win!
    • This salad is the perfect way to use fresh summer tomatoes. I know many people end up with a bounty of garden tomatoes, and this recipe really lets them shine.
    Ingredients for Calabrese Potato Salad with Green Beans + Tomatoes.

    Ingredients

    • Baby potatoes
    • Kosher salt
    • Green beans
    • Red wine vinegar
    • Extra-virgin olive oil
    • Garlic
    • Fresh oregano
    • Dried oregano
    • Freshly cracked black pepper
    • Fresh tomatoes

    See recipe card below for quantities.

    A bowl of multi-colored baby potatoes being cut with a knife.
    Adding salt to a pot of colorful baby potatoes.
    Pouring water into a large pot of raw potatoes.

    🧂 A Note About Salt

    This recipe uses kosher salt which can be found in your grocery store located in the baking aisle.

    Prior to 2025, I used Morton coarse kosher salt in my cooking. I switched over to Diamond Crystal kosher salt after having size inconsistencies over multiple packages of Morton.

    Image showing the size difference between 3 different containers of kosher salt.

    In the photo above, you'll see the size that this particular salt has always been (left), what seems to be the "new" size (center), and Diamond Crystal Kosher Salt, which is the other major brand that is used in most professional kitchens (right).

    Why does salt crystal size matter? 🧂 

    When the crystal size is larger, salt doesn't dissolve as quickly as its smaller counterpart. This proved problematic when my husband made eggs for breakfast, and me and my son kept getting super salty bites. We realized it was because those larger salt crystals weren't dissolving or dispersing evenly.

    You can also fit a larger quantity of salt in your measuring spoon when the grains are smaller. So you'll have a saltier ½ teaspoon of a finer-grained salt than a coarser one.

    What this means is that you need to be aware that salt measurements can vary. If you follow a recipe and it's too salty using those measurements, it's possible that the recipe writer used a different size of salt than what you used.

    There's no right or wrong brand to use, but be sure to get a hang of the characteristics of what you're using when you're cooking. Nobody wants to have overly salty food!

    Because of the inconsistency in size, I'm switching to Diamond Crystal in my kitchen. It may take a little getting used to, but it's something that seems necessary to the consistency of my home cooking.

    One further note - this article from Food 52 goes into more detail about the differences between these 2 brands of kosher salt (not the grain-size difference in one single that sparked my switch), and it's a great read!

    How to make this recipe

    This Italian potato salad is super simple to prepare:

    1. Place quartered potatoes in a large pot with salt and cover with cold water by at least 3 inches.
    2. Bring to a boil, then add the green beans. Cook until potatoes are fork-tender.
    3. Drain the veggies and stir in the remaining ingredients while everything is still warm.
    4. Let the mixture cool down at room temperature, give it a stir, and refrigerate until ready to serve.

    See recipe card below for full instructions.

    Drizzling olive oil onto a bowl of hot potatoes and green beans.
    Pouring minced garlic and oregano into a bowl of potatoes and green beans.
    Pouring tomatoes into a bowl of potato salad with green beans.

    Recipe tips

    Tossing the oil, vinegar, and herbs into the potatoes while they're still hot is key here. It helps all of the seasonings absorb into the potatoes.

    Be sure to let the mixture sit out on the counter to cool off before transferring it to your refrigerator. You don't want it to be piping hot when you move it to the fridge to chill.

    We like this potato salad best when served cold, but it's also delicious while it's still warm.

    I know because I usually take several "quality control" bites to taste for seasoning while it's cooling off. It's a tough job, but somebody has to do it.

    Stirring a bowl of Calabrese potato salad.

    What kind of potatoes are best for this recipe?

    My father-in-law always used red potatoes in this potato salad recipe. He would cut them into big chunks before boiling.

    The skin of red potatoes isn't as thick as some other varieties of potatoes, and they're less starchy.

    I thought it'd be nice to use new potatoes (also called baby potatoes) when I first made this recipe.

    I opted for a multi-colored bag, much like when I learned to make his recipe for Baked Chicken Thighs with Potatoes and Peas. The texture and flavor work beautifully in both dishes.

    This swap got his stamp of approval, so I've used those smaller, colorful potatoes when making these recipes ever since. It gives these dishes a little extra pop of color but isn't necessary.

    Feel free to go with single-colored baby potatoes if that's what you find at the store.

    Fingerling potatoes are similar to baby potatoes and can be used here, too. You may need to cut them into a few more pieces to accommodate their longer shape.

    The key is really that the cut potatoes should all be consistently sized. This helps them cook more evenly.

    Looking for a different potato salad recipe that uses baby potatoes? My Easy Instant Pot Herbed Potato Salad is a fantastic choice!

    Chopping tomatoes on a cutting board.
    Campari tomatoes are a good all-year round option.

    What kind of tomatoes should be used?

    This recipe really showcases the beauty of perfectly ripe tomatoes.

    My first choice would be a tomato straight from the garden. An heirloom variety from the farmers' market would be awesome.

    But since I make this recipe all year round, I most often opt for Campari tomatoes. They're usually sold still on the vine in clamshell containers at the grocery store. They're pretty consistently ripe all year round.

    If you aren't familiar with Campari tomatoes, Wikipedia says, "Campari is a type of hybrid tomato noted for its juiciness, high sugar level, low acidity, and lack of mealiness. Camparis are deep red and larger than a pear or cherry tomato, but smaller and rounder than common plum tomatoes."

    My next choice would be cherry or grape tomatoes. Just go for the ripest tomatoes you can find, and you can't go wrong.

    Stirring a bowl of Calabrese potato salad to combine.

    Equipment

    You need a large pot to accommodate the potatoes and green beans in this recipe.

    If you have one with a strainer lid, perfect. Otherwise, you'll need to use a colander or spider to separate the veggies from the boiling water.

    I like to use the largest bowl of my mixing bowl set (the 4-quart size) because it fits perfectly and has a tight-fitting lid.

    Storage

    This potato salad holds up really well in the refrigerator for several days when kept in a sealed container.

    Plate with Calabrese potato salad, sliced steak, and corn on the cob.

    What to serve with Calabrese potato salad

    This side dish is super versatile and can be served with all sorts of dishes. It's great to bring along to a BBQ, picnic, or potluck.

    We often serve it with grilled steak, chicken, or sausages. It'd be delicious with burgers as well.

    I hope you enjoy this recipe as much as my family does!

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Spooning tomatoes onto crostini for Italian Bruschetta.
    Settino's Italian Bruschetta: A Family Favorite Appetizer
    A platter full of Italian stuffed mushroom caps with an appetizer plate alongside..
    Settino's Italian Stuffed Mushrooms
    Overhead view of a dutch oven filled with sausages, peppers, and onions.
    Sausage and Peppers
    Close-up view of a casserole dish filled with baked chicken thighs, peas, and potatoes with tongs and a serving spoon.
    Baked Chicken Thighs with Potatoes and Peas

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    The Best Homemade Fajita Seasoning Recipe - Penzeys Copycat Spice Mix

    April 10, 2022 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Holding a spice jar with layers of ingredients for homemade fajita seasoning Penzeys copycat recipe.

    This post may contain affiliate links, which won’t change your price but will share some commission.

    Learn how to make the best homemade fajita seasoning blend from pantry staples so you can have restaurant-style fajitas at home any time!

    This easy, Mexican-inspired spice mix is my family's go-to when it comes to making our favorite chicken fajitas, steak fajitas, and more.

    Holding a spice jar with layers of ingredients for homemade fajita seasoning Penzeys copycat recipe.

    Why we love this recipe

    • The flavor of this spice blend is different from most other fajita mixes on the market. My family absolutely loves it! I reverse-engineered our favorite Penzeys fajita seasoning to make this copycat recipe.
    • Homemade seasoning blends tend to be more budget-friendly than their storebought counterparts. You can often make them with ingredients you already have on hand. Those individual packets and jars can really add up!
    • Being able to control the ingredients lets you customize this recipe to your family's taste. Reducing the salt, increasing the level of heat, or leaving out spices that you don't care for is easy to do!
    • The combination of Mexican spices in this blend is easily turned into a tasty marinade for chicken or steak fajitas. Just mix with water, olive oil, and lime juice.
    Overhead view of spices in bowls for homemade fajita seasoning.

    Ingredients

    What's in this fajita seasoning blend? It seems like a lot of ingredients, but they're all easy to find and are likely to already be hanging out in your pantry.

    • Kosher salt
    • Dried oregano
    • Dried basil
    • Ground cayenne pepper
    • Celery seed
    • Ground cumin
    • Garlic powder
    • Dried marjoram
    • Ground nutmeg
    • Ground paprika
    • Ground black pepper
    • Dried rosemary
    • Dried thyme

    See recipe card below for quantities.

    🧂 A Note About Salt

    This recipe uses kosher salt which can be found in your grocery store located in the baking aisle.

    Prior to 2025, I used Morton coarse kosher salt in my cooking. I switched over to Diamond Crystal kosher salt after having size inconsistencies over multiple packages of Morton.

    Image showing the size difference between 3 different containers of kosher salt.

    In the photo above, you'll see the size that this particular salt has always been (left), what seems to be the "new" size (center), and Diamond Crystal Kosher Salt, which is the other major brand that is used in most professional kitchens (right).

    Why does salt crystal size matter? 🧂 

    When the crystal size is larger, salt doesn't dissolve as quickly as its smaller counterpart. This proved problematic when my husband made eggs for breakfast, and me and my son kept getting super salty bites. We realized it was because those larger salt crystals weren't dissolving or dispersing evenly.

    You can also fit a larger quantity of salt in your measuring spoon when the grains are smaller. So you'll have a saltier ½ teaspoon of a finer-grained salt than a coarser one.

    What this means is that you need to be aware that salt measurements can vary. If you follow a recipe and it's too salty using those measurements, it's possible that the recipe writer used a different size of salt than what you used.

    There's no right or wrong brand to use, but be sure to get a hang of the characteristics of what you're using when you're cooking. Nobody wants to have overly salty food!

    Because of the inconsistency in size, I'm switching to Diamond Crystal in my kitchen. It may take a little getting used to, but it's something that seems necessary to the consistency of my home cooking.

    One further note - this article from Food 52 goes into more detail about the differences between these 2 brands of kosher salt (not the grain-size difference in one single that sparked my switch), and it's a great read!

    Looking for more homemade seasoning blends? This homemade grill seasoning recipe is super versatile! We also love using this dry brine seasoning blend for turkey and chicken, especially around the holidays.

    Pouring dried rosemary through a funnel into a spice jar.
    Pouring ground paprika through a funnel into a spice jar.
    Pouring dried oregano through a funnel into a spice jar.

    Turkish vs. Mexican oregano

    There are several types of dried oregano available at most grocery stores here in the U.S. The 2 most common types are Turkish and Mexican.

    Penzeys uses both Turkish and Mexican oregano in their fajita seasoning blend for a quite oregano-forward flavor punch.

    I tend to use Mexican and Turkish oregano interchangeably at home, so I only included one type of oregano in the ingredients for this recipe.

    If you happen to have both types, feel free to split the quantity between the two. You can read more about the differences between Mexican and Turkish oregano from Cooks Illustrated here.

    How to make this recipe

    This spice mix is super easy to put together. Just measure everything out, mix it together, and store it in an air-tight container.

    I like to measure everything directly into a spice jar, seal it, and shake it up to combine. Easy peasy!

    Once it's mixed together you'll have a jar of delicious homemade fajita seasoning at the ready for whenever your next fajita craving strikes.

    And in my house, those cravings strike often!

    Shaking a spice jar to combine fajita seasoning ingredients.

    How to use fajita seasoning

    This recipe makes just over 4 tablespoons of homemade fajita seasoning.

    Most of the recipes I use it for (like chicken fajitas or steak fajitas) use just 1 tablespoon of this seasoning blend. That means each batch of this seasoning recipe will allow you to make fajitas 4 times!

    Here's how to turn the seasoning into a homemade fajita marinade:

    1. Mix 1 tablespoon of fajita seasoning with 2 tablespoons of water in a large zip-top bag (I like using a stasher stand-up bag) or a large food storage container.
    2. Slice 1 pound of your protein of choice (we usually use chicken or steak) into ¼-inch thick pieces and add to the spice mixture.
    3. Add ¼ cup olive oil and 1 tablespoon of lime juice.
    4. Mix everything together and seal the container, removing as much air as possible. Transfer the container to the fridge to marinate for at least 30 minutes or up to 4 hours.

    Marinating allows the fajita seasoning to permeate the meat before you cook it. And that means more flavor!

    Check out the full recipe for my chicken fajitas or steak fajitas to get the rundown on how to cook everything to restaurant-quality perfection!

    Other ways to use fajita seasoning

    You don't have to use this seasoning strictly for fajitas! There are other ways to utilize this seasoning blend in your kitchen.

    • Sprinkle it into beans or rice for a side dish with a flavor boost.
    • Mix it into sour cream, plain greek yogurt, or Mexican crema for a tasty topping for your tacos, nachos, or quesadillas.
    • Use it as a spice rub for meat.
    • Sprinkle it onto grilled veggies.
    Cast iron skillet with steak fajitas, tortillas, and garnishes.
    Our Favorite Steak Fajitas
    A cast iron skillet filled with chicken fajitas with tortillas and garnishes alongside.
    Our Favorite Chicken Fajitas

    Substitutions

    Feel free to play with this recipe and adjust the amounts of the different spices to fit your preferences. I've included a few common substitutions below:

    • Low sodium - feel free to reduce (or omit) the salt as needed if sodium is a concern for your diet. Be sure to take a look at "🧂 A Note About Salt" above for more info on brands of kosher salt.
    • Heat-seekers - if you want to make this fajita season spicier, feel free to increase the amount of ground cayenne pepper. Another spice to consider adding is Hungarian hot paprika.
    • Less spicy - my family doesn't find this spice blend to be spicy. Heat tolerance is a personal matter and preference. Feel free to decrease or omit the ground cayenne pepper and/or ground black pepper as desired.
    • Oregano - as mentioned above, this recipe is quite oregano-forward. Feel free to reduce the amount you use if you find it to be too bold for your taste.
    • Dried herb substitutions - if you don't have one of the dried herbs like marjoram, basil, or rosemary in your pantry (or don't like one of them), just omit it completely. You can replace things you omit with something milder if you'd like. Dried parsley would be a good option.

    Fajita seasoning vs. taco seasoning

    A lot of store-bought fajita and taco seasoning blends include very similar ingredients.

    The common players in most of these are ground cumin, ground paprika, garlic powder, chili powder, onion powder, dried oregano, salt, and ground black pepper.

    Taco seasoning often contains cornstarch. This can help thicken the final taco filling and make it a little "saucy".

    A lot of premade seasoning mixes contain sugar or other additives. The sugar can help to caramelize your ingredients while cooking.

    I personally don't think sugar is necessary to use in these spice blends. If you follow one of my fajita recipes you'll learn how caramelizing onions properly can add the perfect amount of sweetness - no sugar needed!

    You can season your tacos with fajita seasoning. You can season your fajitas with taco seasoning. It all comes down to personal preference. Feel free to play around and use them interchangeably if you'd like.

    If you're looking for a store-bought option, Penzeys fajita seasoning is my family's favorite. We used this for the first several years that we made fajitas at home.

    For store-bought taco seasonings, we like Old El Paso taco seasoning mix, Simply Organic's southwest taco, or mild taco seasoning.

    Equipment and storage

    Once your fajita seasoning is mixed, you can pour it into your storage container(s) of choice.

    You may need to use a small metal funnel to help guide some of the spices into the jars. I found it helpful for the more finely ground ingredients.

    Store your homemade seasoning blend in an airtight container (like a tightly closed spice jar) in a cool, dry place.

    When choosing a storage location for your spices, it's best to keep them away from heat sources. That's why storing them next to your oven isn't recommended.

    It's preferable to keep them in a dark place, or at least away from direct sunlight, to retain maximum flavor.

    This blend will keep for several months, stored properly in your pantry or cabinet.

    🌱 Eco-Friendly Tip

    Eco-friendly tip: Hang on to empty spice jars as you use them in your kitchen. That way when you have a homemade spice blend, you already have a perfect storage container!

    You can remove the label from old jars and tins and write on them with a permanent marker. Or bust out your label maker and make a pretty new label if that's more your style.

    I personally have a mix of both handwritten and "properly" labeled mixes in my house.

    My tiny kitchen is short on space, so I have to store my spices in a few different places.

    I have a bin of spice jars above my sink. I also have an assortment of magnetic spice tins displayed on the wall in my kitchen. I keep bags of spices in buckets tucked away in a cabinet.

    Use whatever works for the space you have. Here are a few recommendations if you're in the market for new spice storage options:

    Recommended spice storage containers

    Image of spice jars

    spice jars

    Buy Now →
    Image of spice jars with shaker lids

    spice jars with shaker lids

    Buy Now →
    Image of magnetic spice tins

    magnetic spice tins

    Buy Now →
    Image of magnetic hexagon glass spice jars

    magnetic hexagon glass spice jars

    Buy Now →
    Image of 4 oz canning jars

    4 oz canning jars

    Buy Now →
    Featured Links powered by

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Scooping guacamole with a tortilla chip.
    Dino's Guacamole - Restaurant-Style Guac in Just 5 Minutes!
    A cast iron skillet filled with chicken fajitas with tortillas and garnishes alongside.
    Our Favorite Chicken Fajitas
    Cast iron skillet with steak fajitas, tortillas, and garnishes.
    Our Favorite Steak Fajitas
    Overhead view of prepared ingredients and 3 assembled Roasted Sweet Potato and Black Bean Tacos with Cilantro Chimichurri.
    Roasted Sweet Potato and Black Bean Tacos with Cilantro Chimichurri

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!


    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Gorgonzola Fruit Torta

    March 2, 2022 by Ashley 1 Comment

    Cheese board featuring a layered gorgonzola fruit torta.

    Gorgonzola & cream cheese are layered with fresh herbs, dried fruit, & toasted nuts upgrading any festive cheese board or appetizer spread.

    Cheese board featuring a layered gorgonzola fruit torta.

    Why we love this gorgonzola torta recipe

    • The colorful layers are absolutely gorgeous!
    • It looks beautiful as part of a cheeseboard, charcuterie board, or appetizer spread.
    • This recipe has sweet, salty, creamy, crunchy, and fresh components. It hits it all!
    • Gorgonzola torta can be made in advance and freezes well.
    • It's versatile - use a loaf pan, ramekin, muffin tin, or almost any size or shape of container you'd like!
    Ingredients for gorgonzola fruit torta lined up on a cutting board.

    I've been making this recipe for many years now. It's something that's perfect for dinner parties, potlucks, and holiday gatherings.

    This gorgonzola torta recipe is always something that impresses a crowd and gets rave reviews.

    It's been a hit both in person and virtually during my online cooking classes.

    How to make this recipe

    1. Mix together cream cheese, butter, gorgonzola, and salt in a food processor.
    2. Line loaf pan, muffin tins, or other containers with aluminum foil and spray with oil or cooking spray.
    3. Layer dried fruit, gorgonzola mixture, and herbs into the prepared pan.
    4. Cover and chill in the refrigerator until firm.
    5. Turn out onto a serving platter, unwrap, then sprinkle with toasted slivered almonds.
    6. Serve the gorgonzola torta with your favorite crackers.
    Adding salt to a food processor with cream cheese and gorgonzola.
    Sprinkling dried cranberries into a foil-lined loaf pan.
    Sprinkling dried apricots onto a loaf pan full of layers of gorgonzola and cream cheese.

    This appetizer recipe comes together really quickly.

    Just blend the cream cheese & gorgonzola mixture together in a food processor then layer it into your containers of choice, and refrigerate until firm.

    You'll alternate the different ingredients when layering it into the pan, spreading about ⅓ of the cream cheese mixture in an even layer on top of each addition.

    Adding cream cheese and gorgonzola to a layered fruit torta in a loaf pan.

    I like to spritz an offset spatula with some oil or cooking spray before spreading the cream cheese mixture.

    The oil helps it spread easier without sticking, but it can be a bit finicky. It's worth a little extra patience, I promise!

    It freezes beautifully, making it perfect for make-ahead dinner party prep.

    I often divide the gorgonzola mixture between several containers and freeze all but one so I have future party food already made.

    Gorgonzola fruit torta on a platter, topped with toasted slivered almonds.

    Serving the gorgonzola torta

    Then when you want to serve your gorgonzola torta, just unwrap it, invert it onto a platter, and sprinkle it with toasted slivered almonds.

    If it was frozen, transfer it to the refrigerator and let it thaw in there overnight.

    I usually toast the almonds in advance, let them cool fully, then store them in an airtight container, that way everything is prepped in advance.

    Sprinkling slivered almonds into a skillet.
    Skillet of toasted almonds.
    Sprinkling toasted slivered almonds onto a gorgonzola fruit torta.

    You could even freeze the cooled, toasted nuts if you'd like to portion some out to save for later.

    The gorgonzola torta can be added right onto a cheeseboard, charcuterie assortment, or put on a platter all by itself.

    ℹ️ Slivered Almonds vs. Sliced Almonds

    This recipe uses slivered almonds which can be found in your grocery store located in the baking aisle.

    There can be a little confusion about the difference between the various types of almonds sold in the baking aisle, so I'm going to help clear that up.

    The two types of prepared almonds that are most often confused with each other are slivered almonds and sliced almonds.

    Toasted almonds in a skillet.

    So just what is the difference between slivered and sliced almonds?

    Slivered almonds (pictured above) have been peeled, split, and cut into "slivers" that are thicker than sliced almonds.

    Slivered almonds are fairly rectangular in shape, and don't resemble the oblong/circular shape of a whole almond.

    Sliced almonds often still have the skin on them, but they have been thinly sliced.

    Sliced almonds are oblong - they look like slices cut from a whole almond. They're typically very thinly sliced and are sometimes referred to as "flaked" almonds.

    Slivered almonds will give you more crunch than sliced almonds since they're cut more thickly.

    Sliced almonds are a nice, delicate topping with just a bit of crunch.

    You can use either for this recipe, or even chopped almonds, but I prefer to use slivered here.

    Layered gorgonzola fruit torta on a cheese board.

    What to serve with a gorgonzola torta

    I like serving crackers alongside this gorgonzola torta.

    Then people can just spread as little or as much of the mixture onto their crackers as they want.

    Since the recipe has a lot of flavor from the sweet fruit, fresh herbs, and the tangy gorgonzola mixture, I tend to go for fairly mild crackers.

    That means I'm not serving anything with tons of flavor alongside, because it could easily overpower the torta or get lost in the mix.

    Cutting into a mini gorgonzola fruit torta with a small knife.
    Overhead view of a cheese board with assorted cheeses, meat, fruit, pickles, olives, and crackers.

    📝 Pro Tip: Toasting Nuts on the Stovetop

    Toasting nuts is a way to intensify the flavor that they bring to a dish.

    It's easy to toast nuts on the stovetop, which is my preferred method for toasting.

    Add the nuts in a single layer to a dry skillet.

    Place your skillet on the stovetop over medium heat. Let them cook, shaking the pan occasionally, until they're golden brown, about 3-5 minutes.

    Remove the nuts from the pan and allow them to cool. Leaving them in the pan after they're toasted will increase the risk of them burning from the residual heat.

    One thing that can help in preventing nuts from burning while they toast is to turn off the heat when you see them starting to brown.

    They'll continue to cook from the residual heat of the skillet and will be less likely to burn.

    Once toasted nuts have cooled fully, you can transfer them to an airtight container and store them for later use.

    With all nuts, if you don't plan on using them for a while, I recommend keeping them in the freezer.

    The natural oils in many nuts can spoil quickly, so freezing them is a great way to help them last longer.

    Close-up of a cracker topped with cheese, dried fruit, and herbs.

    I hope you enjoy this recipe as much as we do! Now I'm off to go dig around the freezer to see if I have one on standby...

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Close-up view of a hand holding a Prosciutto & Brie Crostini with Dried Apricots and a platter in the background.
    Prosciutto & Brie Crostini with Dried Apricots
    Small cutting board filled with sliced pickle treat appetizers.
    Pickle Treats
    Close up of smoked salmon roll-up tortilla bites.
    Smoked Salmon Roll-ups
    Garlicky Goat Cheese + Herb Stuffed Peppadews
    Garlicky Goat Cheese + Herb Stuffed Peppadews

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Peppermint Hot Chocolate Cookies

    February 18, 2022 by Ashley 2 Comments

    Cookie jar and platter of peppermint hot chocolate cookies with glasses of milk alongside.

    Hot cocoa and cookie lovers unite! Peppermint hot chocolate cookies are a festive treat perfect for winter holidays and cookie exchanges.

    Milk and cookies surrounded by peppermints and mini marshmallows.

    Why we love this cookie recipe

    • It's the best part of a peppermint hot chocolate beverage but in cookie form!
    • Chocolatey cookies get a major upgrade with peppermint candy and mini marshmallows.
    • You can use any mix of milk, dark, semi-sweet, and white chocolate chips - a great excuse to clean out your pantry!
    • They're fun to make with kids and great for holiday cookie exchanges.
    • Peppermint hot chocolate cookie dough freezes beautifully. You can freeze some of it to have freshly baked cookies another day.
    • Crushing the candy canes or peppermint candies for these cookies can be seriously cathartic.
    Ingredients for peppermint hot chocolate cookies in bowls.

    I came up with these cookies as a fun Christmas-y spin on my Melt-in-Your-Mouth Buttermilk Chocolate Cookie recipe.

    Rich and chocolatey, these peppermint-infused sweets are perfect for the winter holidays but are equally delicious for the rest of the year.

    I've made these several times in my virtual cooking classes, and they've gone over extremely well.

    I even have a pancake version that has been going strong in my virtual classes. Stay tuned for that recipe soon, too!

    🍫 Ingredient Spotlight: Cocoa Powder

    This recipe uses Dutch-process cocoa powder which can be found in your grocery store located in the baking aisle.

    There tends to be some confusion around the two different types of cocoa powder available to purchase, so let's dive a little deeper!

    Dutch-process vs. natural cocoa powder

    These two types of cocoa powder have different chemical properties and therefore serve different purposes when used in recipes.

    Dutch-process cocoa powder has gone through a process that neutralizes its acidity.

    This means that it's most often paired with baking powder as a leavening agent in recipes since it doesn't react with baking soda.

    Dutch-process cocoa powder tends to be smoother and has a more mellow flavor than natural cocoa powder.

    Natural cocoa powder is an acidic type of cocoa powder with an intense cocoa flavor. It's often paired with baking soda as a leavening agent, where the two react and cause your baked goods to rise.

    Be sure to use the type of cocoa powder that a recipe calls for, as it will have likely taken the acid/base reactions into account.

    If the recipe doesn't specify which type of cocoa powder to use, you can usually assume that you should use Dutch-process cocoa powder if there's baking powder in the ingredient list and natural cocoa powder if it calls for baking soda.

    A general rule of thumb is that you can use either type of cocoa powder if your recipe doesn't call for any leavening agents (such as frosting).

    You can get much more in-depth information on Dutch-process vs. natural cocoa powder on this post from Sally's Baking Addiction.

    Hand holding a peppermint hot chocolate cookie.

    How to make this recipe

    1. Whisk together dry ingredients in a medium bowl.
    2. Whisk in Dutch-process cocoa powder into warm melted butter until smooth.
    3. Add vanilla, sugar, mint extract, and buttermilk.
    4. Stir in the dry ingredients into the wet ingredients, working in batches (about ⅓ of the mixture at a time).
    5. Stir in chocolate chips (and definitely QC a few of them while you're at it!).
    6. Place dough balls onto baking sheets that have been lined with a silicone baking mat or parchment paper.
    7. Press a few mini marshmallows into the top of each ball of cookie dough, then bake at 350°F for 10-14 mnutes.
    8. While the cookies are still hot, sprinkle crushed peppermint candies or candy canes on top, then let them cool on the baking sheet for 3-5 minutes before transfering them to a wire rack to fully cool.
    Whisking buttermilk into a glass bowl of chocolate.
    A variety of chocolate chips being poured into a bowl of chocolate cookie dough.
    Pressing mini marshmallows into a ball of chocolate cookie dough.

    📝 Pro Tip: Use Cookie Scoops for Perfect Portions

    There's nothing at all wrong with using a regular kitchen spoon to portion out cookie dough. Your cookies will vary a bit from cookie to cookie, but they'll still be delicious.

    But if you want to take your cookie game to the next level, you'll want to ensure that all of your cookies are the same size.

    Having consistently sized portions of cookie dough is key for helping your cookies bake at the same rate.

    And that's where a cookie scoop comes in handy.

    Cookie scoops come in a variety of sizes, and they have a handy lever that you can squeeze to release the dough from the scoop itself.

    If you take a peek inside the cookie scoop, you'll often see a little number engraved in the metal "swiper" piece that releases the cookie dough from the scoop.

    Cookie scoop indicating a number 50 engraved inside.

    In the photo above, you can see that this is a #50 scoop, which holds about the same as a heaping tablespoonful of cookie dough. This is the size I use most often in cookie recipes.

    You could certainly weigh your cookie dough with a kitchen scale to be absolutely certain that each portion of dough is exactly the same size, but I find that a scoop works just fine for picture-perfect baked goods.

    Aside from portioning out cookie dough, you can also use this style of scoop to measure out meatballs, falafel patties, frosting, or filling for stuffed pasta.

    We use a large scoop for portioning ice cream.

    Metal scoops are a great tool to keep in your cooking arsenal!

    Mint extract vs. peppermint extract

    When I was out shopping for this recipe I noticed that the store sells both mint extract and peppermint extract.

    Either will work here, but in case you're curious (I know I was!), there's a difference between those 2 products.

    Adding mint extract to a bowl of chocolate, sugar, and vanilla.

    Mint extract is usually a mix of peppermint and spearmint extracts. Peppermint extract only contains peppermint.

    I have a friend who can't stand the taste of spearmint, so in that case, I'd recommend looking specifically for peppermint extract.

    The price at my local grocery store for both types of extract was the same. Not sure if that's always the case, but I thought it was worth noting.

    A dozen peppermint hot chocolate cookies ready to go into the oven.

    Don't feel like you need to use the same exact number of mini marshmallows on each piece of cookie dough.

    I find that 3 is the maximum that will work, but I often make these with just one or two as options, too.

    When it comes to the candy topping, I think candy canes work better from an aesthetic perspective, because they tend to have more red bits than round peppermint candies.

    But the good thing about some peppermint candies is they're already wrapped, so you can easily crush them right in their wrappers.

    Smashing a peppermint candy with a meat tenderizer.
    Holding up a crushed peppermint candy.
    Sprinkling crushed peppermint candy on top of freshly baked cookies.

    You can also unwrap your peppermints or candy canes and place them inside a zip-top bag.

    Then just whack them with a meat tenderizer, rolling pin, or heavy-bottomed skillet to crush them into smallish pieces.

    I like to start by tapping lightly - if you smash too hard you may end up with shards of peppermint candy all over your kitchen.

    This is super fun for kids to do, and it's a nice way to take out your frustrations as an adult, too.

    Tap, tap, tap...

    Chocolate cookies topped with marshmallows and crushed peppermint candy.

    I tested this recipe a few times to see which method of adding the peppermint worked best.

    Sprinkling the peppermint on before baking the cookies made it melt and get kind of funky. The striped look didn't really hold up, and the texture got weird.

    I landed on sprinkling the peppermint pieces onto the cookies right after they came out of the oven.

    Since the cookies are still piping hot and not yet set, the cookie welcomes the toppings and kind of seals them in as the cooling process takes place.

    I like to let them sit for a few minutes on the baking sheet to firm up a little bit before transferring them to a metal cooling rack to completely cool.

    Cookie jar and platter of peppermint hot chocolate cookies with glasses of milk alongside.

    A thin metal spatula works well for transferring the cookies from the baking sheet to the cooling rack.

    I find that the thin one works best to get under delicate cookies without ripping them. Just make sure they have set for a few minutes before you go to transport them.

    Those spatulas are also great for moving cookie dough for cutout cookies. I use one to transfer my grandma's Christmas cookies from the counter to the sheet pan.

    You know how sometimes the dough is tricky to move if you haven't properly floured your work surface? A thin metal spatula is a great tool to get underneath without ripping your cutout designs.

    Storing peppermint hot chocolate cookies

    These cookies store well in an airtight container for several days.

    Make sure the cookies are fully cool before you store them. This helps prevent any residual heat from causing steam and excess moisture inside of your container.

    Freezing peppermint hot chocolate cookie dough

    This dough freezes beautifully!

    If freezing peppermint hot chocolate cookie dough, I recommend portioning individual cookie scoops first.

    Place your scoops of dough on a flat surface. You want to use something that is flat and can fit in your freezer easily.

    A quarter sheet pan works well, but you can also use something like a cutting board or a plate.

    Let the cookie dough freeze solid (give it at least an hour). Then transfer the frozen cookie dough portions into an airtight container, removing as much air as possible before sealing it.

    Scooping chocolate cookies onto a prepared baking sheet.

    Baking frozen cookie dough

    To bake this recipe using frozen cookie dough, place the frozen dough balls onto your prepared baking sheets.

    Press your mini marshmallows in as directed in the recipe. You likely won't be able to press them in as far down into the dough as if it wasn't frozen. But don't worry - it'll still work!

    Add an additional 2-3 minutes to your bake time if working with frozen dough.

    Easy peasy!

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    These Melt-in-Your-Mouth Buttermilk Chocolate Cookies are a supremely chocolatey dessert recipe that is a great way to use a partial container of buttermilk - guaranteed to satisfy even the strongest chocolate cravings.
    Melt-in-Your-Mouth Buttermilk Chocolate Cookies
    Dusting espresso chocolate chip brownies with powdered sugar.
    Espresso Chocolate Chip Brownies {Starbucks Copycat}
    Assorted bowls full of Puppy Chow (AKA Muddy Buddies).
    Puppy Chow (AKA Muddy Buddies)
    Rich Cocoa Brownie Bites: Bust out your favorite cocoa powder and satisfy your brownie cravings with this super rich, bite-sized chocolate-packed dessert. Plus B Corp basics. #StonyfieldBlogger #ad
    Rich Cocoa Brownie Bites

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Our Favorite Turkey Gravy

    November 23, 2021 by Ashley 2 Comments

    Pouring gravy over turkey on a Thanksgiving plate.

    This post may contain affiliate links, which won’t change your price but will share some commission.

    Save the backbone and giblets from your Thanksgiving turkey to make this rich, flavorful gravy recipe. It's a family favorite holiday staple!

    Pouring gravy over turkey on a Thanksgiving plate.

    Why we love this homemade gravy recipe

    • It puts the backbone and giblets from your turkey (or chicken!) to good use.
    • The flavor is deep and rich - so much better than the stuff in a jar!
    • Homemade gravy doesn't take any fancy ingredients - just a few fridge and pantry staples.
    Pouring gravy onto mashed potatoes on a plate of Thanksgiving food.

    My grandpa was from the South, and I learned a thing or two about making gravy from him.

    Years ago I saw that my father-in-law was discarding the giblets from his Thanksgiving turkey and opening up a jar of store-bought gravy.

    Now don't get me wrong - there's nothing wrong with buying gravy (or anything you don't want to cook). But he had all the ingredients on hand for a killer gravy, so I stopped him and asked if I could have a few minutes at the stovetop.

    That gravy blew him away, and the family all agreed that it was way better than the premade kind.

    🍗 A few notes about giblets

    When you buy a whole turkey or chicken, you'll often find the neck bone and a bag of giblets stashed in the cavity.

    Don't be afraid of that little bag - use it to add flavor to your meal!

    While I recommend utilizing giblets for homemade gravy, you certainly don't have to.

    Whether you're using the giblets or not, you'll need to be sure to remove that bag from the turkey before you cook it so you don't end up accidentally cooking it.

    The bag often contains a mix of organs - heart, liver, and gizzards. You can read more about giblets here, but just note that for the gravy recipe, you'll want to remove the liver.

    The liver is deep red and shiny. It's usually the most slippery of the organs, for lack of a better term.

    Including the liver in gravy can make it bitter, so I completely omit it.

    Container holding turkey bones and giblets.
    Collect the giblets, neck bone, and backbone in a container to use for gravy or homemade stock.
    Raw turkey with giblets removed showing the liver.
    The liver is deep red and shiny and can make gravy bitter, so I usually omit it.
    Patting turkey bones and giblets dry with a paper towel.
    Pat the giblets and any reserved bones dry before adding them to a hot pan when cooking them.

    For my gravy recipe, I utilize the rest of the giblets and neckbone along with the backbone of the turkey if I have spatchcocked it.

    When working with a dry brine, I remove the giblets and put them in a sealed container in the refrigerator along with any bones and trimmings from prepping the turkey.

    On the day I plan to roast the poultry, I'll take them out, pat them dry, and use them to make this gorgeous gravy recipe.

    I have a full post to show you how to spatchcock a turkey if you're interested.

    The method for spatchcocking is great for chicken, too, and you can make gravy for your chicken in the same way.

    💡 Pro Tip: You can make gravy without bones or giblets

    Homemade gravy doesn't require searing any bones or giblets! You can use the same method to make gravy without them.

    Just melt the butter in a saucepan and sauté the veggies as directed. Continue with whisking in the flour, herbs & spices, and turkey broth.

    If you have pan drippings from roasting a turkey, feel free to add those in as well. They aren't required, but they'll deepen the flavor of your gravy.

    No turkey stock? No problem! Chicken stock works well here, too!

    You could even use vegetable stock if you were making a vegetarian gravy (although I doubt you came across this post if you're looking to make vegetarian gravy).

    How to make this recipe

    1. Pat the turkey parts dry with a paper towel.
    2. Sear turkey parts in a mixture of butter in oil until brown all over, then transfer to a plate.
    3. Sauté onion, celery, carrot, and garlic in the turkey drippings, scraping up any browned bits as you go.
    4. Whisk in butter and flour, then season with herbs and spices.
    5. Slowly whisk in turkey stock, then add turkey parts and simmer until the liquid has reduced by ⅓.
    6. Strain the gravy to remove any solid pieces, place in a gravy boat, and serve!
    Turkey bones and giblets in a pan being seared.
    Stirring sautéing veggies in a saucepan.
    Pouring turkey stock into a saucepan of sautéed vegetables.

    If you're making the gravy when your turkey finishes roasting, I highly encourage you to add the pan drippings from your roasting pan into the gravy.

    This can be done at any stage in the gravy-making process once you've added the turkey stock. The pan drippings are already fully cooked, so they don't really need any extra time.

    Be sure to scrape all those caramelized bits from the pan into your gravy. The rich flavors from the roasted turkey will make the gravy even better!

    Adding seared turkey backbone pieces into a saucepan of gravy.
    Sprinkling dried herbs into a saucepan of gravy.
    Pouring turkey drippings from a baking sheet into a pot of gravy.

    I usually add the herbs and spices before I add the stock to my gravy, but I did it after when I was shooting this recipe and it still turned out beautifully!

    💡 Equipment Spotlight: Straining Your Gravy

    This recipe utilizes a fine-mesh conical strainer to ensure a silky smooth finished gravy.

    A cone-shaped pestle or wooden spoon can be used to press the solid bits and extract even more liquid and flavor from them without adding any solid bits to your gravy.

    Image of fine-mesh conical strainer

    fine-mesh conical strainer

    Buy Now →
    Image of cone-shaped pestle

    cone-shaped pestle

    Buy Now →
    Featured Links powered by

    When I'm straining my gravy, I like to use tongs to remove the largest pieces first.

    I then strain the gravy from the saucepan over a large glass measuring cup (like this 8-cup measuring cup) before using the pestle to get the most flavor from the veggies that were simmering with the gravy.

    Removing a turkey backbone from a saucepan of gravy.
    Pouring turkey gravy through a conical mesh strainer.
    Straining the solids out of a batch of homemade turkey gravy.

    If you don't have that particular type of strainer, you can put a layer of cheesecloth over a regular strainer to help strain your gravy a little more thoroughly.

    Using a regular strainer is also fine - it will remove any large bits of meat, veggies, and herbs from the gravy. The results will still be delicious, just not as smooth.

    Image of fine-mesh strainer

    fine-mesh strainer

    Buy Now →
    Image of cheesecloth

    cheesecloth

    Buy Now →
    Featured Links powered by

    Once you've strained your gravy, you can transfer some of it into a gravy boat or other serving vessel.

    If your gravy is a little oily/greasy on top, you can let it sit for a few minutes before skimming it off with a spoon.

    I've never personally used a gravy fat separator but I have friends who love using them.

    Reheating leftovers with gravy

    When you save gravy in the refrigerator, it congeals and is scoopable instead of being liquidy.

    Reheating gravy with your leftovers usually benefits from a few splashes of stock, broth, or water to help keep things juicy.

    I tend to add a scoop of gravy on top of my turkey and one on my mashed potatoes (and some on my stuffing while I'm at it) and then splash a bit of turkey stock on top of everything.

    And let's be real, leftovers are the best part of Thanksgiving, right?

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Spoon with dry brine seasoning mix.
    Dry Brine Seasoning Blend for Turkey and Chicken
    Overhead shot of an oval casserole dish full of creamy mashed potatoes sprinkled with chopped parsley.
    Instant Pot Mashed Potatoes
    Overhead view of a bowl of Instant Pot Spiced Cranberry Sauce with Bourbon with whole spices.
    Instant Pot Spiced Cranberry Sauce with Bourbon
    Sliced turkey on a platter with crispy golden skin.
    Spatchcocked Roasted Turkey with Homemade Dry Brine: How-to Tutorial

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Dry Brine Seasoning Blend for Turkey and Chicken

    November 10, 2021 by Ashley 5 Comments

    Bowl of dry brine seasoning mix with a spoon lifting some out.

    Dry brining poultry isn't just for Thanksgiving! This flavorful seasoning mix brings big flavor and crispy skin to both turkey and chicken.

    Bowl of dry brine seasoning mix with a spoon lifting some out.

    Why we love to use a dry brine

    • Dry brining turkey or chicken keeps the skin crispy.
    • The spice blend has more of a direct impact on flavoring the meat.
    • You get a deep, rich, natural turkey or chicken flavor that injected saline solutions often mask.
    • You can make a big batch of the spice blend and let it hang out in the pantry so it's ready when you are.
    Butcher block with bowls of ingredients for a dry brine seasoning blend.

    For years, I never made a Thanksgiving turkey. My father-in-law, Settino, was a phenomenal cook, and he always prepared the turkey for our family's holiday celebration.

    I always made lots of appetizers, side dishes, and desserts but didn't touch the turkey prep.

    When he started getting really sick, me and my husband took over the rest of the Thanksgiving meal prep, including the turkey.

    Our preferred method of turkey prep

    When trying to figure out the best way to prepare our holiday turkey, we quickly decided that spatchcocking (cutting the backbone out of the turkey and flattening it before roasting) was the most time-efficient way of cooking it.

    Spatchcocking allows the white and dark meat to be cooked properly in roughly the same amount of time.

    This means both the light and dark meat can be juicy and tender. Less chance of dry, overcooked breast meat!

    I have another post (coming soon!) on how to do the spatchcocking process, but for this post, I'm focusing on a dry brine spice blend that you can use for both turkey or chicken.

    Choosing a turkey

    When you're shopping for poultry to brine, be sure it isn't one that has already been injected with saline solution. If you use turkey that already has added salt, your final cooked meat will be much too salty.

    You can also check out this article from Serious Eats on how to brine a turkey or chicken (they cover both wet brining and dry brining).

    Know that a lot of stores carry turkeys that are frozen. You'll need to be sure to calculate thawing time in when planning your meal.

    The dry brining process adds an additional 1 to 4 days. This isn't a last-minute meal, but it is mostly unattended time.

    🧂 A Note About Salt

    This recipe uses kosher salt which can be found in your grocery store located in the baking aisle.

    Prior to 2025, I used Morton coarse kosher salt in my cooking. I switched over to Diamond Crystal kosher salt after having size inconsistencies over multiple packages of Morton.

    Image showing the size difference between 3 different containers of kosher salt.

    In the photo above, you'll see the size that this particular salt has always been (left), what seems to be the "new" size (center), and Diamond Crystal Kosher Salt, which is the other major brand that is used in most professional kitchens (right).

    Why does salt crystal size matter? 🧂 

    When the crystal size is larger, salt doesn't dissolve as quickly as its smaller counterpart. This proved problematic when my husband made eggs for breakfast, and me and my son kept getting super salty bites. We realized it was because those larger salt crystals weren't dissolving or dispersing evenly.

    You can also fit a larger quantity of salt in your measuring spoon when the grains are smaller. So you'll have a saltier ½ teaspoon of a finer-grained salt than a coarser one.

    What this means is that you need to be aware that salt measurements can vary. If you follow a recipe and it's too salty using those measurements, it's possible that the recipe writer used a different size of salt than what you used.

    There's no right or wrong brand to use, but be sure to get a hang of the characteristics of what you're using when you're cooking. Nobody wants to have overly salty food!

    Because of the inconsistency in size, I'm switching to Diamond Crystal in my kitchen. It may take a little getting used to, but it's something that seems necessary to the consistency of my home cooking.

    One further note - this article from Food 52 goes into more detail about the differences between these 2 brands of kosher salt (not the grain-size difference in one single that sparked my switch), and it's a great read!

    Cutting dehydrated apple rings.

    How to make this dry brine seasoning blend

    1. Chop up dehydrated or freeze-dried apples. Note: If you're dehydrating your own apples, core them and slice ⅛-inch thick, preferably with a mandoline, then use your dehydrator. For me this took about 7 hours at 135°F.
    2. Mix chopped apples with kosher salt (see note below!) and remaining herbs and spices together.
    3. Store in a cool location in an airtight container.
    Chopping dehydrated apples with a knife.
    Pouring dried thyme into a jar.
    Jar with layered spices ready to be mixed together.

    🌱 Ingredient Spotlight: Sage

    Sage is a perfect addition to Thanksgiving recipes like turkey, stuffing, dressing, and gravy.

    With its bold flavor, sage is a good candidate for hearty, comfort food recipes.

    Fresh sage leaves are soft and a bit fuzzy, and are a delicious addition to your cooking repertoire.

    Pouring rubbed sage into a jar.

    This recipe uses rubbed sage which can be found in your grocery store located in the baking aisle.

    Rubbed sage has a light, fluffy texture. It is less dense than ground sage, so if you're substituting here, use half the amount of ground sage.

    Looking for more homemade seasoning blends? Some of the most used in our house are this homemade grill seasoning recipe and this homemade fajita seasoning blend.

    Spoon with dry brine seasoning mix.

    Using the dry brine seasoning blend

    This dry brine seasoning blend is great to keep on hand for whenever you're craving skin-on chicken or turkey.

    The basic directions for using it for turkey are to pat the skin dry, then rub some of the spice mix underneath the skin.

    Sprinkling dry brine seasoning blend onto a turkey.

    Pat dry again and sprinkle a teaspoon of baking powder all over the skin and rub to spread it out. This aids in getting that perfectly crispy skin once you roast the turkey.

    Follow this with more of the spice blend on top of the baking powder-coated skin.

    You'll then place the turkey in your refrigerator to let the dry brining happen by leaving it to chill for anywhere from 1-4 days.

    During this process, excess moisture is removed from the meat and the dry brine flavor is concentrated, reabsorbing back into the meat. You can read more about dry-brining here.

    Turkey in the refrigerator with a dry brine mix applied to the skin.

    Is leaving poultry uncovered in the refrigerator safe?

    This process is similar to dry-aging steak and is done with the meat uncovered in the refrigerator.

    You need to make sure you have plenty of space around the turkey for this process to take place without the worry of contaminating other things in your refrigerator.

    As long as the turkey isn't touching anything, all should go well.

    But if the thought of leaving poultry out in the open in your refrigerator is worrisome, you can cover the turkey with cheesecloth. This way it can still get the air circulation while it brines.

    The last time we made this, our turkey was 12.5 pounds and we used just over 3 tablespoons of the dry brine seasoning mix total.

    Dry brined turkey ready for the oven.

    It looks a little crazy when it comes out, but trust me - this process really does wonders for the flavor and texture of turkey!

    I have a full post on how to do the whole spatchcocking process, as well as dry brining a turkey (coming soon).

    I hope you'll try this method out - it really does take Thanksgiving dinner to the next level!

    Platter of spatchcocked roasted turkey made with a dry brine surrounded by Thanksgiving sides.

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Pouring gravy over turkey on a Thanksgiving plate.
    Our Favorite Turkey Gravy
    Overhead shot of an oval casserole dish full of creamy mashed potatoes sprinkled with chopped parsley.
    Instant Pot Mashed Potatoe
    Overhead view of a bowl of Instant Pot Spiced Cranberry Sauce with Bourbon with whole spices.
    Instant Pot Spiced Cranberry Sauce with Bourbon
    Overhead view of assorted breakfast items displayed on a board.
    Epic Brunch Board on a Budget

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Spiced Mulled Wine

    October 24, 2021 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Two glasses of mulled wine surrounded by spices and orange slices.

    Make this easy spiced mulled wine recipe on the stovetop, in a slow cooker, or Instant Pot for the ultimate cozy spiked winter beverage.

    Plus, get some tips on how to make holiday entertaining less stressful so you can enjoy spending time with your friends and loved ones.

    Two glasses of mulled wine surrounded by spices and orange slices.

    Why we love this recipe for spiced mulled wine

    • It's easy to put together and only requires a few ingredients.
    • Mulled wine is warm and cozy during the cool weather months.
    • It's versatile - make it on the stovetop, in a slow cooker, or Instant Pot.
    • Spiced mulled wine can hang out in your chosen vessel, warm, for hours, so people can help themselves whenever they need a refill - perfect for low-stress entertaining!
    • It's festive! Mulled wine is always a hit at Thanksgiving, Christmas, and other fall and winter holiday gatherings.
    Ingredients for making spiced mulled wine.

    The holiday entertaining season is upon us, and for many people, that means that hosting duties are ramping up.

    I'm a big fan of finding ways to make entertaining less stressful. There's nothing quite like the frantic feeling of wondering if you're forgetting something when your guests are about to arrive.

    So let's get in the spirit (see what I did there?) with some fun, festive additions to your holiday food and beverage repertoire.

    Having a warm cocktail at the ready when your guests arrive is a great way to welcome them to your home.

    They'll be sipping and chatting while you can attend to any last-minute details.

    There are lots of ways to set yourself up for success when it comes to entertaining. Read on for a few of my favorite tips!

    💡 Tips for Making Holiday Entertaining Less Stressful

    Hosting duties can be overwhelming.

    Here are a few tips to help you make the most of your prep time so you're able to sit back and enjoy your company.

    • Choose recipes you've made successfully in the past. Trying out a new recipe for a dinner party adds the fear of the unknown into the mix.

      A recipe you've tried and enjoyed is less likely to throw you for a loop or turn out poorly.

    • Prep food in advance! Wherever you're able to, get portions of your recipes done a day (or more!) ahead of your party.

      Things like prechopping ingredients, making appetizers, and even fully making recipes that hold well in the fridge (or even taste better reheated!) will make life much less hectic on the day of your party.

    • Don't be afraid to accept help! If someone offers to bring something, take them up on it! Tell them what you'd like them to bring (fresh fruit, bread, a bottle of wine, dessert) and let them help you out.

      They'll feel like they're contributing to the experience, and you have one thing taken off of your plate.

      Buy something pre-made from the grocery store or a local restaurant to fill out your meal. There's no law that says you MUST make everything from scratch.

      Focus your efforts on the things you truly want to make and buy things to help round out the meal.

    • Set your table ahead of time. You don't need to wait until the food is done in order to have your table ready. You can even do it the night before if you want!

    • Let your appliances do the work for you. Utilize a slow cooker, Instant Pot, or the warming feature of your oven/stovetop to help keep things warm.

    • Batch your beverages! Individual cocktails are wonderful, but making them one-by-one can be very time consuming.

      Making larger batches of cocktails (or mocktails!) ensures that there's plenty for everyone and that people can get refills whenever they're ready for them.

    • Embrace the imperfect. Things may go wrong. That's just life! People aren't going to be upset with you if everything doesn't go exactly to plan.

      What will really stick with them is how you handled any curveballs that got thrown your way during your gathering.

    Instant Pot next to winter spices, sliced oranges, and glasses for red wine.

    How to make this recipe

    1. Pour a bottle of full-bodied red wine, such as Merlot, Shiraz, or Garnacha (also called Grenache) into your cooking vessel of choice (saucepan, slow cooker, or Instant Pot).
    2. Add brandy, maple syrup, orange bitters, whole spices, and orange zest.
    3. Slowly bring to a gentle boil, then reduce heat to low and simmer for 10-25 minutes.
    4. Ladle into mugs or heat-safe glasses and enjoy!
    Pouring red wine into an Instant Pot.
    Pouring brandy into an Instant Pot with red wine.
    Adding aromatics to an Instant Pot full of wine.

    📝 Pro Tip: How to keep your mulled wine warm

    One of the great things about serving mulled wine is that it can hang out on the back burner (literally, if you so choose!) while you enjoy your guests.

    There are several ways that you can keep your mulled wine warm.

    • If using the stovetop, after your mulled wine is ready, move it over to a warming burner (if you have one), or keep it on low heat, stirring occasionally.
    • For using a slow cooker, I recommend simmering it first on the stovetop, then transferring it into your slow cooker. You can leave it on low heat or the warm setting if your model has that option.

      Alternatively, you can place everything in your slow cooker and cook on low heat until warmed through, which will take about an hour, depending on your model. This takes longer but keeps you from dirtying an extra pot.
    • With an Instant Pot (which is my preferred method for making this mulled wine), use the sauté setting on low (or less) to do the initial simmering. Once it's warm, switch it to the "keep warm" setting.

    After your mulled wine has simmered, it can hang out on your "warm" setting of choice for hours! It's perfect for parties.

    And as a bonus, if you're using an Instant Pot (or slow cooker with a locking lid), you can easily transport your spiced mulled wine.

    Ladling mulled wine into a glass garnished with an orange slice.
    Holding a glass of spiced mulled wine.

    I hosted a big cheeseboard demo party several years ago, made the mulled wine at home, and brought it to the event venue in my Instant Pot.

    The whole room smelled so lovely from the wine and spices and it was a huge hit with the crowd!

    When serving mulled wine, opt for mugs or heat-safe glasses.

    Not all glasses should hold hot beverages, so be sure to check this before you serve your warm mulled wine.

    Instant Pot with mulled wine next to a sliced orange and a ladle.

    What kind of wine should you use to make mulled wine?

    Choose a full-bodied red wine such as Merlot, Shiraz, or Garnacha (also called Grenache) when making mulled wine.

    Opt for red wines that use words like "fruity" or "jammy" in the description - these will pair nicely with the mulling spices and fruit.

    Don't choose expensive wines here, as the additional ingredients may mask some of the nuances of the wine.

    There's a time and place for pricey wine, and this isn't it!

    Overhead view of a glass of spiced mulled wine.

    I hope you enjoy my take on mulled wine. The blend of spices I use makes it really special.

    Whether you serve it at a holiday dinner party or cozy up with a glass and a good book, I really hope it hits the spot for you.

    Craving more? You may also like...

    A small bowl of homemade apple sauce with mulling spices, apples, and jars of applesauce.
    Easy Mulled Cider Applesauce Recipe (Instant Pot or Slow Cooker)
    Goblet of mulled wine with a bottle behind.
    Wine-Beyond-the-Wall (or, Wine-ter is Coming)Wine-Beyond-the-Wall (or, Wine-ter is Coming)
    Plates of Dutch apple pie with ice cream on top.
    Classic Dutch Apple Pie
    Pouring hot water into a mug of hot chocolate mix.
    Uncle Tom's Cabin Moon Gulch Hot Chocolate Mix

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!


    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Easy Homemade Mini Pizza Bagels

    September 30, 2021 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Close up of assorted mini pizza bagels on a platter.

    This homemade pizza bagel recipe is quick & easy to make! These freezable snacks are fun for kids to cook in the oven or air fryer.

    Close up of assorted mini pizza bagels on a platter.

    What makes this homemade pizza bagel recipe so great

    • They're bite-sized, and mini food is always more fun!
    • Kids have a great time making them
    • Toppings are customizable - the sky is the limit!
    • Pizza bagels freeze well for quick meals in the future
    • This recipe is easily scalable - make a few or make a lot at once!
    • The sauce comes together with pantry staples
    Hand holding a mini pizza bagel with a bite taken out.

    Who doesn't love pizza?

    Pizza bagels take all the fun of pizza one step further to make it even more delicious.

    And mini pizza bagels are the ultimate in quick, easy comfort food.

    Back when I was a kid, if I went to a friend's house and they had bagel bites in the freezer, we would be so excited for snack time.

    And now that I know how easy pizza bagels are to make from scratch, I've been making them with my son pretty regularly.

    I love that we can make a bunch at once, pick our own toppings, and stash a bunch in the freezer for another time.

    And with mini pizza bagels, you can have lots of different topping combinations. It's great for indecisive or picky eaters!

    If you're looking for another adorable way to enjoy bite-sized pizza, my friend Susie over at We Are Not Martha has a fun recipe for pizza cupcakes. So cute!!

    🥫 Ingredient Spotlight: Tomato Paste

    This recipe uses tomato paste which can be found in your grocery store located in the canned goods or pasta aisle.

    The main difference between tomato paste and other canned tomato products (like pasta sauce, crushed tomatoes, or tomato purée) is that tomato paste is super concentrated.

    It has a thick texture with a deep, rich tomato flavor. That means that a little goes a long way.

    A favorite pantry staple, tomato paste can be used in a variety of ways. It's very versatile!

    Some of our favorite recipes that utilize tomato paste are:

    • Vietnamese Fresh Spring Rolls with Shrimp + Peanut Sauce
    • Our Favorite Chicken Fajitas
    • Our Favorite Steak Fajitas
    • Spiced Chickpea Tacos with Cilantro-Peach Relish

    Tomato paste comes in cans and also squeezable tubes (they look a bit like tubes of toothpaste). I personally like to keep both types on hand at home.

    For recipes that require a small amount of tomato paste, I'll squeeze some from the tube and then store the rest in the refrigerator.

    Recipes like this one, that call for an entire 6-ounce can of tomato paste, are perfect for using up a full container versus squeezing a small amount out of a tube.

    Once a container of tomato paste is open, any unused product should be stored in an airtight container in the refrigerator and used within a week or so.

    Ingredients for homemade mini pizza bagels on a butcher block.

    How to make pizza bagels

    1. Stir together tomato paste, cold water, dried parsley, dried oregano, and garlic powder.
    2. Slice your mini bagels in half with a serrated knife or bread knife.
    3. Spread a thin layer of homemade pizza sauce on the cut side of each bagel half.
    4. Place bagels on a baking sheet lined with aluminum foil.
    5. Top with cheese and toppings as desired.
    6. Bake and enjoy!
    Mixing homemade pizza sauce ingredients in a bowl.
    Spreading homemade pizza sauce onto mini bagels.
    Adding cheese to pizza sauce topped mini bagels on a sheet pan.

    📝 Pro Tip: Prep Your Toppings in Advance

    Part of the fun of this mini pizza bagel recipe is that you can add any combination of toppings that you want to some or all of the bagels.

    Due to their smaller size, I recommend cutting down larger ingredients into smaller pieces. This allows you to space the ingredients out a bit without letting one thing take over the entire surface area of your mini bagel.

    Board topped with bowls full of pizza sauce and toppings.

    For toppings like pepperoni, I like to cut them into quarters, either with a knife or kitchen scissors.

    Things like bacon, sausage, bell peppers, mushrooms, sun-dried tomatoes, and onions are best sliced, chopped, or crumbled fairly small.

    To keep things organized and fun for a group, prep each topping and place it in a separate pile or bowl.

    Let everyone mix and match their toppings to their heart's content!

    Freezing pizza bagels

    6 assorted mini pizza bagels on a sheet pan.

    One of my favorite things about making this mini pizza bagel recipe is that I can pre-make extras. I stash them in the freezer for future use.

    Getting two or meals done at once? Yes, please!

    I like to fully assemble the pizza bagels on a quarter sheet pan and place that pan in the freezer.

    Once they're set (about an hour or so, though sometimes I forget and leave them overnight).

    Tray of mini pizza bagels on the side with a hand placing some in a freezer bag.
    Reusable freezer with mini pizza bagels inside.

    Then I transfer them into a freezer bag and squeeze as much air out as I can.

    My preferred bag is a reusable half-gallon size stasher bag. They're reusable and handy for so many things around the kitchen.

    To cook from frozen, you only need to add an extra few minutes to the cooking time.

    You're looking for the cheese to be melted and the toppings to be browned to whatever degree you prefer.

    Topping a mini pizza bagel with pineapple.
    Tray of mini pizza bagels ready for the oven.

    Cooking pizza bagels in the air fryer

    We have a fairly small air fryer, and it's the perfect size for heating up a small batch of pizza bagels.

    I find that pizza bagels cook even faster in the air fryer than in the regular oven.

    When I'm air frying pizza bagels, I set my air fryer to 330°F. They cook perfectly in just 4-6 minutes, even from frozen!

    There's no need to preheat your air fryer, just pop them in and let them cook!

    Platter of mini pizza bagels with assorted toppings and fresh basil.

    I don't bother lining the air fryer with foil if I'm cooking pizza bagels. The shorter cook time doesn't generally make too much of a mess.

    Luckily, my model is also pretty easy to clean.

    Play around with the time and temperature here. Air fryer models vary quite a bit.

    What works for me may not quite work for you, but my suggestion is a good starting point.

    Don't start with too high of a temperature. Your pizza bagel toppings may burn before the rest of the bagel is warmed through.

    Platter of 10 assorted mini pizza bagels with fresh basil.

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Maple Roasted Butternut Squash Pizza with Brussels Sprouts, Bacon + Pomegranate
    Maple Roasted Butternut Squash Pizza with Brussels Sprouts, Bacon + Pomegranate
    Overhead view of a sheet pan with Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbread on top surrounded by garnishes.
    Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbreads
    Garlicky Mushroom Ricotta Pizza with Wild Arugula + Aged Balsamic: Sautéed mushrooms are topped with ricotta and Parmesan cheeses and baked into a store-bought pizza crust for an easy, elegant weeknight meal!
    Garlicky Mushroom Ricotta Pizza with Wild Arugula + Aged Balsamic
    Overhead view of a slice cut out of a Burrata Pizza with Prosciutto and Pickled Grapes
    Burrata Pizza with Prosciutto and Pickled Grapes

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Spinach, Bacon, Green Onion, and Cheddar Frittata

    September 25, 2021 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Two wedges of spinach, bacon, green onion, and cheddar frittata with toasted English muffin slices.

    This post may contain affiliate links, which won’t change your price but will share some commission.

    Frittata is a great, easy meal for busy weeknights. Sauté a few things on the stovetop, pour in your eggs & milk, and bake until golden.

    Frittata in a cast iron skillet with a few slices taken out on plates to the side.

    Why we love this to make this spinach frittata recipe

    • Frittata recipes require only a handful of ingredients, and they're really versatile!
    • It's great at any time of the day - breakfast, lunch, or dinner!
    • Frittata cooks quickly. Just sauté your ingredients on the stovetop, add your eggs, and transfer it to the oven to finish.
    • You can use it as an excuse to clean out the fridge! Use odds and ends from your produce and deli drawer to make a tasty combination for your frittata.
    • You can serve it right in the pan you cook it in. Less dishes to clean up later on!
    • A little freshly grated nutmeg is the perfect accompaniment for leafy greens. It enhances the flavor of the spinach beautifully in this frittata recipe.
    • Bacon + cheddar is always a win at our table.
    Spinach, eggs, green onion, cheddar cheese, bacon, milk, nutmeg, salt, and pepper on a butcher block.

    My family absolutely loves spinach, even my son.

    It's such a nutritious ingredient, and I love finding ways to pack it into our meals wherever I can.

    But if you've ever worked with cooking baby spinach, you know that you can take a mountain of it and it cooks down to barely anything.

    Still, it's a great ingredient and it adds great flavor and texture to this easy spinach, bacon, green onion, and cheddar frittata recipe.

    One of my husband's all-time favorite foods is quiche, and frittata is like the lower maintenance cousin of quiche.

    That makes it a weeknight win in my book!

    Looking for more frittata recipes? This squash blossom frittata and this zoodle frittata are great options.

    Two wedges of spinach, bacon, green onion, and cheddar frittata with toasted English muffin slices.

    🍳 What's the Difference: Frittata vs. Quiche

    Eggs have got to be one of the most versatile ingredients in anyone's kitchen arsenal.

    They're the main component of so many dishes, including 2 often confused items: frittata and quiche.

    The main difference between frittata and quiche is the crust. Frittata doesn't have a crust, but quiche almost always does.

    Quiche is usually poured into a savory pie crust and baked. Since it has the stability of a crust to hold things together, the filling often has more liquid, like cream, in the mixture.

    Frittata almost always has milk or cream mixed in with the eggs to help make the final texture nice and fluffy.

    There is also crustless quiche, but in general, a quiche cooks more slowly than a frittata.

    A frittata can be cooked fully on the stovetop or, like in this recipe, started on the stovetop and transferred to the oven to finish cooking until the eggs are set.

    I prefer to do the stovetop/oven combination method as it eliminates the need to flip the frittata like when it's cooked strictly on the stovetop.

    Hand cracking an egg into a small bowl.

    How to make this recipe

    1. Cook bacon in a cast iron skillet (or other oven-safe skillet), reserving some of the drippings.
    2. Sauté the white part of your green onions and spinach in the skillet, seasoning with freshly grated nutmeg.
    3. Whisk together egs, milk, salt, and pepper in a large bowl.
    4. Pour egg mixture over the spinach.
    5. Top with cheese, remaining green onions, and crumbled bacon.
    6. Bake until set and lightly golden.
    Pouring milk into a large measuring cup with eggs.
    Whisking milk and eggs together.
    Pouring eggs and milk into a cast iron skillet with spinach.

    🥓 Pro Tip: Use Kitchen Scissors to Cut Bacon

    Kitchen scissors are one of my favorite tools to use while cooking.

    When cutting things, I don't want to use the same scissors that we use for other, non-food items around the house.

    For things like bacon, I usually cut the slices in half before cooking. It makes the size of the bacon better for most sandwiches, and it's easier to store any leftovers.

    When making this frittata recipe, I used my kitchen scissors to cut each slice of bacon in half so I could fit them all in my skillet.

    Cutting bacon over a cast iron skillet with kitchen scissors.
    Bacon being cut with kitchen scissors over a cast iron skillet.
    Bacon in a cast iron skillet.

    We've always had a dedicated set of scissors to be used for cooking, and the ones I love most are these OXO kitchen scissors.

    The stainless steel blades are sharp and they separate completely for easy cleaning. You can use them individually to chop things if you want, too!

    The handles are soft and comfortable, and there's even an herb stripper in the center.

    I really love them - if you're in the market for kitchen scissors, I highly recommend these!

    Big Flavors Product Pick:

    Image of kitchen scissors

    kitchen scissors

    Buy Now →
    Featured Links powered by

    Spinach, bacon, green onion, and cheddar frittata in a cast iron skillet.

    What to serve with your frittata

    Once your frittata is set, pull it out of the oven and serve it right from the skillet you cooked it in.

    For a light meal, you can serve it with a toasted English muffin, fresh fruit, or cottage cheese.

    If you want something more substantial, a green salad and fried potatoes or hashbrowns would be great alongside.

    You could also reserve the bacon that you fry up and serve it alongside the frittata instead of in it.

    Spinach, bacon, green onion, and cheddar frittata with toasted English muffin.

    In all honesty, when we have frittata for dinner, we tend to eat 2 slices each, so just a small side is plenty.

    For the photos in this post, I served the frittata with a sourdough English muffin from one of my favorite locally run small businesses, Dam Good English Muffins.

    I split and toasted it and then cut it into 6 strips so we could each have 2 pieces. It was the perfect amount. My son slathered his in jam and me and my husband enjoyed ours plain.

    Close-up of a fork taking a piece from a spinach, bacon, green onion, and cheddar frittata.

    The texture of this frittata is soooo nice and fluffy. The first time I made it (back in 2012!), I used a 10-inch cast iron skillet, and it was taller and fluffier.

    For the photos in this post, I used a 12-inch skillet, which worked out well, but the final product was a bit thinner.

    The good news is that it cooked up faster than when I used the small skillet.

    The next time I make this, I'll go back to the 10-inch skillet, because we liked the thicker one a bit better.

    Either way you do it, it's going to be delicious!

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Baby Spinach and Cheddar Quiche
    Baby Spinach and Cheddar Quiche
    ¾ view of a slice of zoodle frittata topped with fresh herbs and a balsamic tomato salad.
    Zoodle Frittata
    Squash Blossom Frittata: Edible flowers are a gorgeous addition to this Italian classic.
    Squash Blossom Frittata
    Mediterranean Quiche Duo with Cucumber-Chickpea Salad
    Mediterranean Quiche Duo with Cucumber-Chickpea Salad

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    15 Favorite Food Memories to Celebrate 15 Years of Big Flavors

    August 2, 2021 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Text reads, "15 Favorite Food Memories".

    Food can make life's moments so special. To celebrate 15 years of food & recipes on Big Flavors, today I'm sharing 15 of my favorite food memories.

    Orange block with white text that reads: 15 Favorite Food Memories to Celebrate 15 Years of Big Flavors.

    Today is a special day. It's my 15-year "blogiversary"!

    Food is tied to so many special moments in life. Have you ever eaten something and been transported back to a moment in time?

    Or smelled something cooking and recognized it and felt emotional?

    Positive or negative, food memories can impact us on a daily basis.

    I thought it would be fun to take a little trip down memory lane to share 15 of my most memorable food moments to celebrate 15 years here at Big Flavors from a Tiny Kitchen.


    But first, a little bit about how my business has evolved to where it is today.

    Big Flavors from a Tiny Kitchen first hit the web back on August 1, 2006. I've written a celebration post of some sort almost every year (not sure what happened back in 2008!) and this year is no exception.

    So far, 2021 has been wonderful for my small business. I've been able to reach more people than ever thanks to virtual cooking classes and live events. We've cooked together, laughed together, cracked eggs together, and made lasting bonds that I truly cherish.

    I've also finally gotten my email newsletters going with a good rhythm to share my best kitchen tips, recipes, and menu recommendations each week. If you haven't signed up for Extra Helping and would like to, you can do that right here!

    I very much appreciate all of the wonderful messages, comments, shares, and feedback I've received from my all of you.

    Whether you've interacted with me on social media, left a comment and star rating on one of my recipe posts here on my website, showed off a photo that you took of one of my recipes, or ran into me in the grocery store and chatted about cheeseboards for 20 minutes (it's been known to happen), I appreciate each and every one of you.

    The world has been an interesting place since life changed back in 2020, and I'm glad that things like food and cooking have been able to bring us together.

    Overhead view of ingredients laid out for macarons.

    Food Memory #1: Flour Fight

    When I was in middle school, I was at my aunt Jan's farmhouse out in the country. My cousins and I decided to bake something together.

    While we were measuring out ingredients, one thing led to another and we ended up having a full-on flour fight* in the kitchen.

    It was a blaaaaaaast, but OMG we made a huuuuuge mess.

    My aunt was... let's just say less than pleased when she walked into the kitchen. It was coated in powdery flour dust, and so were we.

    Looking back on it, I don't know how my aunt let us leave that room alive. She was finding flour in cracks and crevices in her kitchen for months (if not years!).

    *Note: I do not endorse food fights. They're wasteful and messy, albeit a lot of fun in the moment.

    Food Network Star Jason Smith speaking to the NY Dairy Tour bloggers.

    Food Memory #2: Cooking for a Food Network Star

    Back in 2018, I went on a press trip with the American Dairy Association Northeast up to the Finger Lakes Region of New York.

    You can read about my trip here if you'd like, but one of the stand-out moments (other than the cheese cave!!) was being part of a dairy-fueled cooking competition that was hosted by Food Network's Star Jason Smith.

    It was my first time cooking in a professional kitchen, and I swear it was just like it looks on TV - the film crew came over just as I was getting my bearings and getting my game plan ready.

    Judges eating Burrata Pizza with Prosciutto and Pickled Grapes during a cooking competition

    I made this Burrata Pizza with Prosciutto and Pickled Grapes, and it was a big hit with everyone who tried it!

    ADANE posted a fun video of him interviewing us during the cooking portion of the competition. You can see my part around the 4:30 mark, and again around the 22-minute mark.

    https://www.facebook.com/watch/?v=320781902043020

    Food Memory #3: Peanut Butter Cookie Doorstops

    Waaaaay back when I was dating my now-husband, I was visiting New York to spend some time with him before I went back to college out in Wisconsin.

    We were heading to a birthday party for our friend Marilena and I wanted to bring something homemade.

    Mind you, I was in my late teens (maaaybe 20) at this point and hadn't yet had a ton of experience in the kitchen.

    There was one thing that I had been baking with my mom for years and I knew it would be a hit: peanut butter cookies.

    Pressing the tines of a fork into peanut butter cookie dough.

    So I went and grabbed the ingredients from his mom's pantry and got to work. Something felt a little "off" while I was baking them, but I figured it was just the fact that I was in a different kitchen using different tools, etc.

    We all know that a freshly baked cookie is one of life's simplest pleasures, right? So I bit into the cookie that I had made a hundred times before...

    ...and it was TERRIBLE.

    I had no idea what was wrong with it. I had my then-boyfriend taste it. He agreed that something was seriously off. His dad came in and tried one and he said they were great.

    They were not great.

    I told him they weren't great - they were like doorstops! Dense and just... not at all good.

    We called his mom into the kitchen and showed her all of the ingredients that I used to make them wondering if maybe something was off.

    She looked at the canister of flour and said, "Why did you use pancake mix?".

    The canister was labeled flour.

    She liked to store pancake mix in it.

    Frustration ensued, and we asked if there was any actual flour in the kitchen. There was, it was not labeled as such.

    We scrapped the cookies and started over. They turned out great.

    If you want to make awesome peanut butter cookies, this classic peanut butter cookie recipe is fabulous. Just don't substitute pancake mix for the flour.

    A stack of peanut butter cookies - the top one has been bitten

    Food Memory #4: Desserts with my Grandpa

    My grandpa was a really special guy. He was kind, funny, and a big kid at heart.

    One of the special things we did together after a day of playing golf or woodworking was to share a dessert.

    Our go-to was to take a Klondike bar and share it. Nothing fancy - the standard vanilla ice cream bar coated in chocolate.

    The way we split it was he'd cut straight through the foil wrapper (on an angle if he was feeling fancy) to divide it into two pieces.

    Something about peeling back the wrapper and sharing it with him as our own little treat always made my day.

    Simple pleasures like that can truly leave a lifelong impression!

    Small cutting board filled with sliced pickle treat appetizers.

    Food Memory #5: Snacks for Dinner

    Me and my mom used to eat a lot of snacky type food as dinner.

    Whether it was a plate full of pickle treats, some slices of cheddar with salami, crackers, and pickles, or air-popped popcorn, we could turn anything into the main event.

    We'd assemble our snack plates, head into the living room, and watch TV while munching on our assortments.

    Now that I think about it, even though I had Lunchables occasionally as a kid, I bet these little snack assortments are part of the reason I love making cheeseboards so much to this day.

    Food Memory #6: The Reason I Don't Like Corndogs

    There aren't many foods on my "will not eat" list, but corndogs sure are.

    It doesn't make sense. I love cornbread. I enjoy hot dogs. But the corndog combo was ruined for me when I was a kid and I just haven't been the same since.

    I was at a babysitter's house back in elementary school. Me and her daughter were chasing her son around the perimeter of their above-ground pool with sand in our hands.

    Her daughter hit my hands so the sand would fly out into her brother's face. He cried and told his mom that we were being mean, and I got in trouble. (Her daughter didn't for some reason).

    She made me stand in the corner (does anyone else remember this weird punishment from the '80s??) for an hour and then forced me to eat a corndog even though I was upset.

    A few weeks later, my step-mom made corndogs for all the kids at her house and the smell of it jogged some memory, and... let's just say I got pretty sick from it.

    I've tried to eat corndogs since but I just can't do it. The smell still makes my stomach turn.

    Just goes to show you how deeply those associations can run!

    Empty plate with utensils, pints of Guinness, and a bouquet of flowers.

    Food Memory #7: The Day My Slow Cooker Died

    You can read the story of what happened on Saint Patrick's Day 2011 in this post.

    TL;DR: my slow cooker died and I came home from work to a raw, spoiled meal that had been sitting at room temperature all day.

    The reason this memory stands out so much is that I found out 2 days later that I was pregnant with my son.

    So corned beef and cabbage is always associated with the happiness of finding out that my world was going to be forever changed.

    If you want a killer recipe for corned beef and cabbage, I got you!

    Overhead view of 3 slices of Dutch apple pie with ice cream on some

    Food Memory #8: Winning a Blue Ribbon

    When my son was in second grade, his school had an apple pie baking contest.

    I was excited to enter my family's favorite Dutch Apple Pie. It's a recipe I learned from my aunt and have been enjoying since I was a kid.

    It was fun to make this dessert and have it be judged by a panel of locals, including a local baker and one of the school district principals.

    My pie was awarded first place, and it was such a fun day!

    There were a lot of fun family activities at this fall harvest event, and we had a wonderful time.

    My son didn't win the whipped cream pie eating contest that day, but he suuuuure had fun trying!

    If you want to try this award-winning pie for yourself, get the recipe here!

    Adam Richman, Dino Covelli, and Ashley Covelli.

    Food Memory #9: Adam Richman is the BEST

    I've met Adam Richman twice (so far). He is one of those celebrities that truly shock you with just how down-to-earth and wonderful they are in person.

    The second time we met was at a cookbook launch party event in NYC.

    We were chatting while he signed copies of his book, Straight Up Tasty, for me and my husband (AKA his doppelganger). It came up that I had lived in Wisconsin and he asked what part.

    I did the typical, "I lived in a suburb of Milwaukee" bit since nobody out in New York has heard of Waukesha or Mukwonago, Wisconsin, but he asked which suburbs and he knew them!

    And not just knew them but KNEW them.

    As in rattled off some of his favorite hole-in-the-wall restaurants in those towns and everything.

    He is such a sweet guy, and he let me interview him for Big Flavors afterward, and even threw out a cooking challenge that I fully accepted:

    Your move, @AdamRichman: Persian Malbec Lamb Burgers w Mast-o-Khiar & Pomegranate Tomato Jam https://t.co/YYmGLaOdMz pic.twitter.com/w5RusfEEmT

    - Ashley Covelli (@bigflavorsblog) February 11, 2016

    I bow to your greatness... https://t.co/4mrMTtzjZd

    - Adam Richman (@AdamRichman) February 11, 2016

    Nailed it!!

    Adam Richman, Dino Covelli, and Ashley Covelli.
    Ashley Covelli and Alex Guarnaschelli.
    Ashley and Dino Covelli at an outdoor evening event in NYC.

    Food Memory #10: Food Network NYC Wine & Food Festival Blue Moon Burger Bash 

    Living close to New York City, I've been to quite a few epic food events. One of the most memorable was the Food Network NYC Wine & Food Festival Blue Moon Burger Bash back in 2014.

    This was such a fun way to have a night out on the town with my husband, stuffing our faves with an assortment of burgers from a wide range of chefs.

    We didn't realize just how big this event was going to be when we first got there, and thought we'd each eat an entire burger (slider-sized) from each chef before casting our votes for our favorite.

    Very quickly we realized that we could not even come close to sampling every burger there. We shared bites from as many booths as we could before voting for our favorites.

    I chose Chef Robert Irvine's Bavarian burger & dill potato salad. It was outstanding - I walked back over to him for a high-five because it was just.that.good.

    Dino Covelli, Marc Murphy, and Ashley Covelli.
    Meet & greet with Chef Marc Murphy, whose delicious LAMB-MARC burger won top honors from the judges.

    It was a star-studded evening hosted by Rachael Ray and judged by Anne Burrell, Adam Richman, Nick Mangold, and Andrew Zimmern.

    It was one for the record books for sure! You can read my recap of the event here if you're interested.

    Nothing beats Grandma's recipes! These traditional roll out sugar cookies are a Christmas dessert that keep my grandma's memory alive. Get ready to break out the cookie cutters and decorative sprinkles for these festive treats!

    Food Memory #11: Grandma's Christmas Cookies

    To this day, it just doesn't feel like Christmastime without making, decorating, and devouring a batch of my grandma's roll-out Christmas cookies.

    I make this recipe for other occasions as well - they're the perfect soft, delicious cut-out cookies that hold their shape while baking.

    These are fun to make and decorate with kids. I even made a bunch of these for a cookie decorating party that I hosted at my local library several years ago.

    They were a huge hit with everyone there!

    Big Flavors from a Restaurant Kitchen Volume 2: Top Chef All Star Marcel Vigneron

    Food Memory #12: My First Celebrity Interview

    Back in 2015 I had the pleasure of chatting with Top Chef All-Star Marcel Vigneron at a Stonefire Naan food truck event in New York City.

    I was surprised by how not "over the top" he was in person. He had so much passion for food and cooking, and it really came through during our conversation.

    And I only made ONE joke about foam. If you watched his season of Top Chef, you know why.

    This event kicked off a series that I ran for a while on this site called Big Flavors from a Restaurant Kitchen, where I'd interview chefs and make their recipes at home and share the results.

    You can check out the full interview here, and you can also check out how his Chimi-Verde Dip recipe came out when I made it at home (spoiler alert: it was AWESOME!!).

    Food Memory #13: Cooking with My Son

    This is an ongoing memory that I've been loving so much.

    Looking back at older photos of us cooking together gives me allllll the feels.

    Cooking with kids is such a fun way to get them involved in doing an activity together with you.

    I have so many great memories of cooking with my grandparents and want to make sure my son has lots of opportunities to get in the kitchen to cook with me.

    Sometimes it's a bit of a struggle to get him to agree to stop playing Minecraft to come to cook with me, but once we get past that hurdle it's always a good time.

    Currently, his favorite things to make are tacos (especially on Tuesdays), our family's very favorite broiler kebab sheet pan meal, mini pizza bagels, hummus with homemade pita chips, and any kind of cookies, and sweet corn muffins.

    If you're looking for a fun activity to do with your kids in the kitchen, check out my events schedule. I offer classes regularly and they're a ton of fun!

    Food Memory #14: My First Goat Cheese Experience

    Believe it or not, I was a super picky eater as a kid.

    I grew up in the Midwest. I grew up in a house where we didn't eat seafood and there were a lot of foods on my "ick" list.

    After moving to New York in 2004, I slowly but surely started trying more and more adventurous foods.

    The first time I encountered goat cheese was on the rooftop terrace of my husband's cousin's Upper East Side apartment in NYC.

    The evening was so lovely. There was great wine, great food, and this... log of cheese that had me really concerned.

    Goat cheese just sounded like it would taste "funky" to me.

    But I decided to suck it up and take one tiny taste to be polite.

    Let me tell you... that first taste was so incredible that I had to physically refrain from devouring the entire log right there.

    These days, goat cheese is one of my very favorite ingredients! It's a beautiful addition to any cheeseboard and something that I include in lots of recipes.

    One of my favorite goat cheese recipes is this one for Garlicky Goat Cheese + Herb Stuffed Peppadews. Give it a try - it's a bite-sized treat that packs a ton of flavor!

    Hand pulling a leaf off of a stuffed artichoke

    Food Memory #15: Cooking with My Father-in-Law

    I couldn't end this list without mentioning something that encompasses so many fond kitchen memories.

    My father-in-law was an amazing human and one of my best friends.

    When I first moved to New York and lived in his home with my now-husband, we would cook together in his kitchen all the time.

    I learned so much about food and cooking from him. He was originally from Italy, then lived in Belgium before moving to New York.

    We cooked up a storm on many occasions, drank our fair share of wine together, and always laughed the whole time.

    I've shared some of the recipes that I learned from him, or that we created together here on Big Flavors over the years:

    • Calabrese Potato Salad
    • Sausage and Peppers
    • Settino's Italian Bruschetta: A Family Favorite Appetizer
    • Settino's Italian Stuffed Mushrooms
    • Turdilli & Chinulille

    I have a few more recipes that I've already photographed but haven't written up yet, because I'm still pretty torn up from losing him to cancer back in March of 2019.

    Those recipes and memories will make their way here eventually, and I love that his memory has lived on through so many kitchens all over the world.


    I hope you've enjoyed this trip down memory lane!

    There were loads of food memories that didn't make the cut, but I had so much fun reflecting back on these special moments.

    What are some of your favorite food memories? I'd love to hear about them in the comments section below!

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Easy Instant Pot Herbed Potato Salad

    July 2, 2021 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    3 containers of potato salad with fresh herbs in the background.

    Quick-cooking baby potatoes and fresh herbs come together in this easy Instant Pot potato salad recipe. There's no need to peel or cut the potatoes, making prep time minimal.

    Stovetop directions are also included below so you can make this potato salad without needing to have an electric pressure cooker.

    Ramekins of potato salad with fresh herbs in the background.

    Why we love this herbed potato salad recipe

    • Using an Instant Pot speeds up the potato cooking process.
    • There's no need to cut or peel the potatoes before cooking.
    • The finished potato salad is packed with a seriously delicious combination of fresh herbs.
    • A bit of malt vinegar and Dijon mustard gives our potato salad the perfect amount of tanginess.
    3 containers of potato salad with fresh herbs in the background.

    How to make this recipe

    1. Cook baby potatoes in an Instant Pot or on the stovetop (see below).
    2. While the potatoes are cooking, chop the herbs and green onions.
    3. Smash the potatoes using a potato masher, meat chopper, or fork.
    4. Mix in mayonnaise, Dijon, malt vinegar, fresh herbs, salt, and black pepper.
    5. Chill the herbed potato salad in an airtight container in the fridge until ready to serve!
    Mashing boiled baby potatoes in a bowl for potato salad.
    Adding fresh herbs and green onions to a bowl of smashed potatoes for herbed potato salad.
    Stirring mayonnaise and herbs into potato salad.

    Do you need an Instant Pot to make this potato salad recipe?

    Absolutely not.

    I like using my Instant Pot for recipes like this, but it's not at all necessary.

    If you don't have a pressure cooker, you can absolutely boil the potatoes instead. Here's how:

    • Place potatoes in a large saucepan or Dutch oven and cover with cold water by a few inches.
    • Add 1 teaspoon of kosher salt and bring to a boil over high heat.
    • Once boiling, reduce the heat to maintain a gentle boil.
    • Cook until the potatoes are tender when pierced with a knife or fork, about 10-15 minutes.
    Instant Pot and ingredients for making potato salad with fresh herbs.

    This recipe can also be made with leftover boiled potatoes straight from the fridge. That's the way I made it the first time around and it came together so quickly!

    Looking for another fantastic potato salad made with baby potatoes? My Calabrese Potato Salad with Green Beans + Tomatoes is a fantastic option!

    How to cook baby potatoes in an Instant Pot

    Cooking potatoes in your Instant Pot is super simple. You don't need to peel or cut your potatoes at all!

    • Place 1 cup of cold water into the insert of your Instant Pot. Place a steamer rack on top of the water - I like using an expandable steamer insert for this job.
    • Add your potatoes, cook on high pressure for 15 minutes, and do a quick pressure release.
    • Use kitchen tongs or a large spoon to carefully remove the hot potatoes to a bowl and you're good to go!

    Every year for Thanksgiving, I use this recipe for Instant Pot Mashed Potatoes, which uses full-sized golden potatoes. Check it out if you want to see another method for cooking whole potatoes in your Instant Pot.

    Fork going into a bowl of herbed potato salad.

    🌱 Ingredient Spotlight: Dill

    This recipe uses fresh dill which is an herb that can be found in the produce department of your grocery store.

    Dill is super versatile and one of my very favorites to use in the kitchen.

    When buying fresh dill, look for bunches that have fresh, vibrant green leaves. Dill leaves are wispy and delicate and therefore bruise and wilt very easily.

    If fresh dill isn't available (or doesn't look good), freeze dried dill is a great substitute. It's often found in jars right next to the fresh herbs.

    With freeze dried herbs, I generally use the same amount that I'd use with fresh.

    I use dried dill in many recipes as well. That can be found in the spice aisle in your supermarket.

    Dried herbs tend to have a more concentrated flavor than fresh. So if substituting dried herbs, use about ⅓ to ½ of the amount of fresh herbs called for in the recipe.

    Some of our favorite recipes using dill:

    Polo Shevid Baghali (Persian Dill + Lima Bean Rice): Potatoes are fried in a buttery saffron mixture that help form a beautifully golden crust when this fragrant rice dish is turned out onto a platter. #ad
    Polo Shevid Baghali (Persian Dill + Lima Bean Rice)
    Pan-Seared Salmon with Lemon-Dill Butter + Roasted Purple Sweet Potatoes: Garlic, fresh herbs and citrus elevate the flavor of this simple seafood meal.
    Pan-Seared Salmon with Lemon-Dill Butter + Roasted Purple Sweet Potatoes
    Overhead view of a dish of Cucumber & Cannellini Bean Salad with Dill
    Cucumber & Cannellini Bean Salad with Dill
    Roma Salad with Caper-Dill Vinaigrette: Chickpeas, corn, black beans, feta cheese, + sun-dried tomatoes turn salad greens into a deliciously filling meal. Top it with a tangy homemade vinaigrette! #CookingWithCoke #CollectiveBias
    Roma Salad with Caper-Dill Vinaigrette

    What to serve with herbed potato salad

    This potato salad is seriously the perfect side dish for summer. It goes great alongside anything you're cooking up on the grill.

    Some ideas for main dishes to serve this potato salad with include:

    • Burgers
    • Hot dogs
    • Grilled or roast chicken
    • Steak
    • Ribs
    • Pan-seared salmon
    • Grilled fish or shrimp
    • Pulled pork (this Bar-B-Q Pulled Pork Fries with Cole Slaw is a fun one!)

    And what's better than an assortment of side dishes at a summer BBQ? Along with potato salad, we also love:

    • Pasta salad (like Antipasto Pasta Salad, Pasta Salad Skewers with Creamy Balsamic Vinaigrette, or Balsamic Roasted Tomato Caprese Pasta Salad)
    • Baked beans (these Instant Pot "Baked" Beans are also fun)
    • Deviled Eggs (like No Mayo Deviled Eggs, French-Inspired Deviled Eggs, or Dressy Deviled Eggs)
    • No-cook bean salads (like Mediterranean Chickpea Salad with Lemon-Herb Vinaigrette, Cucumber & Cannellini Bean Salad with Dill, or White Bean-Tomato Salad)
    • Cole slaw (like this classic one, Greek Yogurt Mustard Cole Slaw, Rainbow Slaw with Smoked Paprika Mayo, or Asian Broccoli Slaw)

    We've enjoyed this herby potato salad with Grilled Chicken Speedie Sandwiches (recipe coming soon!) on several occasions now and it's a seriously delicious match.

    It would also be a delicious addition to any picnic spread or potluck. I hope you love it as much as we do!

    Herbed potato salad on a plate with a grilled chicken sandwich.

    What are your favorite summer side dish recipes? I'd love to hear about them in the comments section below!

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Watermelon Sugar High Tequila Cocktail

    June 10, 2021 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Tray of cocktails made with watermelon, mint, lime, and tequila with a bottle of Tajin seasoning in the background.

    Move over, margaritas! This refreshing watermelon cocktail made with fresh mint, lime, and tequila is the perfect way to cool off this summer.

    The combination of sweetness with a chili lime-spiced Tajín rim makes this tequila cocktail seriously delicious!

    Watermelon cocktails on a tray surrounded by fresh watermelon, mint, and lime.

    Why we love this cocktail recipe

    • It was inspired by a cocktail we had at a restaurant for our 14th anniversary dinner.
    • Fresh watermelon and mint are a ridiculously refreshing combination, perfect for summertime gatherings.
    • Rimming the cocktail glasses with Tajín (or other chili lime seasoning blend) gives us the best of both salty and spicy to balance the sweetness of this watermelon cocktail.
    Tray of cocktails made with watermelon, mint, lime, and tequila with a bottle of Tajin seasoning in the background.

    For our first date night out in about 15 months, me and my husband went to Stone Fire Restaurant in Mount Kisco, New York.

    Their cocktail menu was really interesting, and the one that jumped out to me was the Watermelon Sugar-Hi, a mix of tequila, fresh watermelon, mint, agave, fresh lime juice, and a Tajín sugar rim served on the rocks.

    Not only was the name catchy (come on, it's impossible not to get Watermelon Sugar by Harry Styles stuck in your head!), but it was absolutely delicious.

    I knew that we could recreate this refreshing summer cocktail at home.

    I had a few things that I wanted to change up with the cocktail - having it lean a little more toward the salty side vs. sweet, so we got to experimenting.

    And let me tell you - this watermelon cocktail knocked our socks off! It's ridiculously tasty, and it's versatile! I'll share a few variations below, as well as a non-alcoholic version that our son absolutely loved.

    If you're looking for another tropical, tequila-based beverage that is easily made into a mocktail, check out these passionfruit margaritas.

    🥃 Ingredient Spotlight: Tequila

    This recipe uses tequila blanco which can be found in your local liquor store.

    Tequila is a distilled spirit made from the agave plant that is produced in only 5 areas of Mexico.

    Pouring tequila into a jigger.
    Pouring tequila into a cocktail shaker.

    Depending on the aging process, tequila is bottled and sold in a few different styles:

    • Blanco (white) - Tequila that is unaged or slightly aged (less than 2 months). Some distillers call tequila blanco "the essence of tequila". Great for mixing into cocktails.
    • Joven (young) - Usually made from a blend of aged tequila and unaged tequila.
    • Reposado (rested) - Tequila that has been aged for at least two months, and up to a year. This tequila is darker and has a deeper flavor.
    • Añejo (aged) - Tequila that has been aged for at least a year but less than 3 years, traditionally in oak barrels. It has a deep golden color and complex layers of flavor from the aging process.
    • Extra Añejo (very aged) - Tequilas that have been aged for at least 3 years. This is a growing category of tequila that has a lot of complexity of flavor, depending on the types of wood used in the aging barrels.

    Here are a few resources if you'd like to learn more about the different varieties and styles of tequila:

    • 10 Questions About Tequila, Answered (Thrillist)
    • What's the Deal With Extra Añejo Tequila, And Is It Actually Worth It? (InsideHook)
    • Learn about Tequila: Everything you need to know (Decanter)
    Ingredients ready to make a watermelon tequila cocktail.

    How to make this watermelon cocktail

    1. In a cocktail shaker, muddle together fresh watermelon and mint leaves.
    2. Add freshly squeezed lime juice, agave syrup, saline solution (or salt), fill with ice, then shake together.
    3. Rim cocktail glasses with Tajín or other chili lime seasoning.
    4. Strain mixture into a double rocks glass over a large ice cube, spoon in some of the watermelon and lime with a bar spoon, and give it a stir.
    5. Garnish with a mix of watermelon, fresh mint, and/or lime, if desired.
    Pouring cubes of watermelon into a cocktail shaker.
    Adding mint leaves to a cocktail shaker.
    Muddling watermelon with fresh mint in a cocktail shaker.
    Muddled watermelon and mint in a cocktail shaker.
    Juicing a fresh lime.

    🍉 Pro Tip: Picking a Ripe Watermelon

    This summer cocktail recipe uses fresh watermelon which can be found in the produce department of your grocery store.

    If you have access to a local farm or farmers' market, you can get some incredibly delicious fresh watermelons in the summertime.

    You want to use a seedless watermelon for this recipe. If you buy a seeded watermelon, you will need to remove the seeds. Here's an article from Kitchn on the difference between seedless and seeded watermelons.

    A few things to look for when selecting a watermelon:

    • Uniform shape. Watermelons can be round or oblong - both can be delicious. Look for one that's firm and symmetrical without any irregular bumps or cuts.
    • Pick it up! A ripe watermelon should feel heavy for its size.
    • Look for the field spot. Watermelons usually have a yellow field spot (or ground spot) on their underside indicating where they were resting in the field before they were harvested. A large, yellow spot indicates that it was left to ripen and will likely be sweeter than one with a smaller, whitish field spot, which was likely harvested before it reached peak ripeness.
    • Give it a thump! Pick up the watermelon and thump/tap. A deep sound is a good indicator of ripeness.
    Tajín rimmed cocktail glasses with a jigger and cocktail shaker.

    Rimming your cocktail glass

    The restaurant that inspired this cocktail used Tajín, a Mexican spice blend made of chili pepper, lime, and salt. I love sprinkling Tajín on sweet fruit like mango and watermelon, or even on slices of crisp, refreshing jicama.

    A good alternative to Tajín seasoning is Trader Joe's Chile Lime Seasoning Blend. And, if you have your own homemade chili lime seasoning blend, you can absolutely use that as well. I'm planning to work on one sometime soon.

    If you're in the market for a fun gift assortment, there's a Tajín Fan Pack that has 6 different varieties of this iconic seasoning.

    Rubbing a lime on the rim of a cocktail glass.
    Rimming a cocktail glass with Tajín seasoning.
    Cocktail glass rimmed with Tajín seasoning.

    To adhere the seasoning to your cocktail glass, you'll need to wet the rim. I like using one of the limes that I juiced for the cocktail mixture. Just rub the cut-side around the edge of the glass.

    Pour your chili lime seasoning of choice onto a plate or other flat surface wide enough to fit the diameter of your glass. Invert the lime-coated glass and gently press it into the seasoning to adhere.

    Stone Fire used sugar mixed in with their Tajín rim mixture, but I prefer it without the added sugar. Feel free to experiment and see what flavor profile you like best.

    Pssst - If you're looking for another fun, refreshing summer cocktail recipe this guava cocktail with tequila is another excellent choice!

    🧊 Ice, Ice Baby 🧊

    This cocktail calls for two different types of ice. While not necessary, it's nice to be able to pick the right type of ice cube (or sphere!) for different parts of your cocktail mixology process.

    For the cocktail shaker, use regular ice cubes from your freezer. We like using ice made in a small square ice cube tray that makes cubes around one-inch in diameter.

    This size is great for both stirred and shaken cocktails, and won't dilute your cocktail mixture too quickly. They also fit into almost any glass you may be serving up your beverages in!

    Placing a king cube into a double rocks cocktail glass.
    Placing ice cubes into a cocktail shaker.

    To serve the Watermelon Sugar High, I recommend pouring your mixture over a larger ice cube, such as one made in a king cube ice cube tray, that measures about two-inches in diameter.

    Not only do king cubes look pretty cool, but they keep your drink nicely chilled while reducing the amount of dilution. They're also useful for shaking some cocktails, as they change the final texture.

    There's some great info on different types of ice used for mixing up cocktails in this article from Tasting Table: A Guide to Ice for the Home Bartender.

    This resource over on Difford's Guide is also really interesting: Shaking cocktails: advanced myths, tips and lessons.

    Pouring agave syrup into a cocktail shaker.

    Mezcal variation on this watermelon cocktail

    Looking to take this cocktail to the next level? Our favorite variation swaps the tequila blanco for reposado, and replaces the other half with mezcal.

    The smoky flavor from the mezcal is such a lovely addition to this spicy-sweet beverage.

    Since the smokiness of mezcal can be overpowering, we took a tip from Death & Co. and tamed that flavor by adding reposado tequila.

    I highly recommend giving it a try!

    This cocktail would likely be delicious with other spirits, such as light rum, too, but I haven't tried it out yet. Please let me know what you think in the comments section below if you do try it out!

    Pouring a watermelon and tequila cocktail into Tajín rimmed cocktail glasses.

    Nonalcoholic "mocktail" version

    We like trying to find alternatives to alcohol beverages so our son can enjoy a "fancy drink" with us. It's also great for those who either choose not to drink alcohol or aren't able to imbibe.

    To make this an alcohol-free watermelon "mocktail", simply replace the tequila with 1 ounce of coconut water and 1 ounce of pineapple juice. Once everything is in your glass, top it with a splash of sparkling water.

    I tried this nonalcoholic variation and it was seriously delicious! It makes for a nice, refreshing drink that's appropriate for any time of the day.

    Hand holding a glass with a watermelon cocktail garnished with fresh mint and watermelon with a Tajin rim.

    Still thirsty? You may also like...

    Cucumber Gin Elderflower Smash: Beat the heat with this cool, refreshing summer cocktail + mocktail variation!

    Cucumber Gin Elderflower Smash

    3 Bloody Mary cocktails garnished with Italian antipasto ingredients.

    Antipasto Bloody Mary

    1 gin cocktail in a glass on a tray with a bottle of gin and garnishes.

    The Grace Lane Graduate: A Gin Cocktail

    Overhead view of 2 copper mugs filled with Cucumber Moscow Mule cocktails with ingredients alongside.

    Cucumber Moscow Mule

    Shopping for cocktail supplies? Check out the Mixology and Cocktail Supplies list of my Amazon Shop for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Dino's Guacamole - Restaurant-Style Guac in Just 5 Minutes!

    May 14, 2021 by Ashley 33 Comments

    Tortilla chip scooping up guacamole.

    Restaurant-style guacamole is super simple to make at home! 2 ripe avocados + a few ingredients and you have the perfect Mexican appetizer!

    Tortilla chip scooping up guacamole.

    Why we love this restaurant-style guacamole recipe

    • It reminds us of our favorite Tex-Mex restaurants.
    • Smashing the garlic and spices with the mortar & pestle makes the flavors blend together beautifully.
    • Making your own guacamole is significantly less expensive than ordering it from a restaurant!
    Ingredients for making restaurant-style guacamole.

    Have you ever been to a Mexican restaurant and ordered the kind of guacamole that they make tableside?

    It's so fun to see the fresh ingredients all come together in a Molcajete (a large, stone mortar and pestle that's used in traditional Mexican cooking).

    It's such a treat, but depending on the price of avocados, it can be quite pricey to buy when you're dining out. Whether you enjoy it as an appetizer or as a condiment/dip for some homemade baked taquitos, you can never go wrong with guac!

    But restaurant-style guacamole is seriously simple to make at home!

    🥑 Ingredient Spotlight: Avocado

    This recipe uses ripe avocados which are a fruit that can be found in the produce department at your local grocery store.

    Finding a perfectly ripe avocado can be tricky, but I have a few tips that can help you on your quest.

    Ripe avocados tend to have a darker color than unripe avocados. They should feel slightly soft but not too squishy or mushy when pressed gently with your fingers.

    If you have a Latin or Asian market in your area, they tend to have avocados that are perfectly ripe already out on the shelves.

    If you are buying avocados a few days before you need to use them, buy firmer, less-ripe ones so they don't get too soft before you plan to use them.

    To help speed up the ripening process of an unripe avocado, you can place it in a paper bag with a banana or apple. Seal it and let it sit out on the counter for 2-3 days.

    On a similar note, I tend to avoid storing bananas and avocados together in the same bowl in my kitchen. They can easily soften too quickly.

    Avocado flesh oxidizes and turns brown fairly quickly once it's been cut into and exposed to air. It's best to use avocados soon after cutting into them. A squeeze of lime juice can help slow down this process.

    If using half of an avocado for a recipe, save the half with the pit still in it for later use. This helps keep oxidation to a minimum. You can also rub the exposed flesh of the portion you're storing with a little olive oil (or avocado oil!) to help add an extra barrier.

    Store unused avocados that have been cut open in an airtight container in the refrigerator. I like putting unused avocado halves in a snack size stasher bag.

    Smashing garlic and spices with a mortar and pestle for restaurant-style guacamole.
    Smashing garlic and spices with a mortar and pestle.
    Making a paste from garlic and spices for homemade guacamole.

    How to make the best homemade guacamole

    1. Smash the garlic, salt, cumin, and coriander using a mortar and pestle until they form a paste.
    2. Add in the avocados, cilantro, lime juice, tomatoes, and red onion.
    3. Taste for seasoning and add more salt or lime juice if needed.
    4. Grab a tortilla chip and dive on in!
    Using a mortar and pestle to make homemade guacamole.
    Squeezing a lime half into a mortar full of homemade guacamole.

    I did a demo of this recipe in the middle of a Facebook LIVE a while back while my mashed potatoes were cooking in the Instant Pot.

    I've embedded the video below. It should jump to the start of the guacamole portion, but if not, feel free to fast forward to 20:57.

    Tips for making guacamole

    You don't need a Molcajete to make restaurant-style guacamole at home, but a mortar and pestle is pretty key.

    The rough edges of the mortar are perfect for grinding your garlic and spices into a beautifully fragrant paste.

    If you need your guacamole fix but don't have a mortar and pestle, you could chop your garlic, then smash it together with the salt into a paste on your cutting board using the back of your knife.

    Use a potato masher, pastry cutter, or a fork to mash up the other ingredients until they reach the consistency you like. I've even used a meat chopper in a pinch and it works great!

    Keep smashing the avocados until they reach the texture that you prefer. My family enjoys it fairly chunky, but sometimes we want it nice and smooth. There's no wrong way to do it!

    Stirring guacamole ingredients together.

    Customizing this homemade guacamole recipe

    There are several ways that you can tweak and adjust this restaurant-style guac to your liking. Here are a few suggestions:

    • No limes? No problem! Use a bit of vinegar instead. I made this guacamole yesterday to use up some avocados that were super ripe, and I realized I was out of lime juice. I used 1 ½ teaspoons of white wine vinegar instead, and it worked out beautifully! (If you follow me on Instagram, you may have seen my excitement over that very fact)
    • Don't like cilantro? Leave it out! Feel free to substitute parsley if you still want some fresh herb flavor.
    • No tomatoes? Leave 'em out! They're totally optional. I tend to add more of them to my guac than my husband does when he makes it because I really love them.
    • Raw onion a bit too strong for you? Use some green onion instead. Alternately, you could soak your red onion in cold water for 5-10 minutes before you mix it into your guac. Just drain it and add it in. Soaking it will mellow the sharpness of the flavor quite a bit. You could do the same with shallots.
    • Prefer smaller bits of cilantro? Add it in with the garlic and spices and smash it into that paste. The pieces will be smaller, and the flavor will still be there.
    • Like it spicy? Add some fresh minced jalapeño or serrano peppers. Use as little or as much as you like!
    • Making guacamole for a crowd? Feel free to scale the ingredients up as much as you like. I'd suggest making all of the paste first, then moving it to a bowl and smashing your avocados in batches. Then just stir everything together for one big vat-o-guac!
    Using a tool to quickly quarter tomatoes for guacamole.

    I've had this OXO grape cutter for years, and what I use it for most often is quickly quartering grape or cherry tomatoes.

    It's perfect for cutting tomatoes for taco night or for quickly adding a few directly into your bowl of guacamole.

    This guacamole is always a hit at my house. It's one of our very favorite appetizers, snacks, and side dishes.

    How do you like your guac?

    If you're looking for more recipes that use cumin, check out this post that showcases 21 of our favorite cumin recipes.

    Scooping guacamole with a tortilla chip.

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Toasted Spice Guacamole

    Toasted Spice Guacamole

    A cast iron skillet filled with chicken fajitas with tortillas and garnishes alongside.

    Our Favorite Chicken Fajitas

    Overhead view of prepared ingredients and 3 assembled Roasted Sweet Potato and Black Bean Tacos with Cilantro Chimichurri.

    Roasted Sweet Potato and Black Bean Tacos with Cilantro Chimichurri

    BBQ turkey burgers topped with grilled pineapple guacamole.

    Bar-B-Q Turkey Burgers with Grilled Pineapple Guacamole

    Doing some online shopping?  Check out my Amazon Shop page for recommendations!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Big Flavors Kitchen Essentials: Game-Changing Tools

    March 20, 2021 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Collage of kitchen tool images - kitchen scissors and a bench scraper with sides.

    Essential kitchen tools, gadgets, and appliances that are worth both the price and amount of space they take up in your kitchen.

    Collage of kitchen tool images - kitchen scissors and a bench scraper with sides.

    Whether you're working with limited kitchen space like me, dislike drawers full of clutter, or just detest "unitaskers", we can all agree that not everything warrants a spot in your kitchen.

    This post will highlight some of the kitchen tools that I've found to be absolutely worth the price and the amount of space they take up in the kitchen.

    My plan is to keep updating it in batches, keeping things alphabetized, since there are SO many awesome kitchen tools out there. I hope it will become a go-to resource for you when deciding what things are worth the investment!

    Pulling the drawer out of a Ninja air fryer.

    Air Fryer

    Things we love about air frying:

    • Cooking from frozen
    • Reheating leftovers
    • Dehydrating fresh fruit and herbs

    I didn't think I was going to love my air fryer as much as I do, but my family ends up using it almost every.single.day.

    Aside from making deliciously crispy chicken wings, it's awesome for cooking frozen dumplings, fish sticks, and reheating leftovers.

    Once you've reheated pizza to a gloriously crispy state with an air fryer, you'll never go back!

    My air fryer also has a dehydrate function, and I've used it to dehydrate fruit, fresh herbs, and more!

    Air fryer tray with cooked chicken wings on the rack.

    The model that I have is the 4 Quart Ninja Air Fryer and while it's on the small side, it's plenty big enough for my family of 3. Because of its small size, it preheats really quickly (it literally takes just 3 minutes!), so things are able to get in to start cooking almost right away.

    There are lots of larger models out there if you have a larger family or enough space to store a bigger one. We bought my mother-in-law this Cuisinart Convection Toaster Oven Air Fryer and she absolutely loves it.

    It's big enough to toast 6 slices of bread, air fry 3 pounds of chicken wings, bake a 12-inch pizza, or roast a 4 pound chicken.

    Scooping carrots from a cutting board onto a metal bench scraper with sides.

    Bench scraper (with sides!)

    Things we love about this tool:

    • Collects and transports ingredients easily from one area to another
    • Sturdy, stainless steel design
    • Raised sides contain ingredients for fewer spills

    Yeeeears ago I happened upon the Chef's Planet PrepTaxi - Stainless Steel Food Scoop and it has consistently been one of my most used kitchen tools.

    Metal sides help keep your ingredients in place while you transfer them from one place to another. People in my virtual cooking classes consistently ask about this handy tool after seeing it in action.

    This tool works so well for transporting chopped or loose items in the kitchen. I use it for everything from diced onion to sliced bell peppers to scraps that need to go into my garbage bowl. It helps make collecting things for cleanup easier, too!

    Meat chopper in a skillet breaking up ground meat.

    High-temp meat chopper

    Why we love this kitchen tool:

    • Easily breaks up ground meat while cooking
    • Heat safe up to 400°F
    • Can be used for other items like canned tomatoes or mashing potatoes

    Ground meat (or vegan ground, like what's pictured above) is easy to break up with this inexpensive tool. I got it as a stocking stuffer a few years ago and kind of laughed it off, but let me tell you, it ROCKS!

    If you use ground meat for things like tacos or my favorite skillet lasagna often, this thing will save you a ton of time. I even saw one of the contestants on the Great British Baking Show using it on an episode when making meat pies.

    I've had a lot of people reach out after seeing me use it on my Instagram stories, saying that they bought it on my recommendation and LOVE it!

    Recently I discovered that it's also a great tool to use to break up whole canned tomatoes. It's even good for mashing potatoes or smashing up hard boiled eggs for egg salad.

    Although, to be honest, even if all it did was break up ground meat, I'd still be all about this kitchen gadget!

    Kitchen scissors on a cutting board with corned beef brisket, spices, and garlic.

    Kitchen scissors

    Why we love these particular kitchen scissors:

    • Blades separate for thorough, easy cleaning
    • Cushioned grips for comfort while using
    • Built-in herb stripper

    Having scissors dedicated for kitchen use is really important. We had some for years that were just OK, and then I found the OXO Good Grips Multi-Purpose Kitchen and Herbs Scissors.

    OMG.

    The blades are sturdy-yet-slim and come apart for easy cleaning. You can even use them individually to chop things!

    There's an herb stripper in the center to help remove leaves from stems, which works great on things like fresh rosemary and oregano.

    The handle cushions are very comfortable. Our last kitchen scissors had hard plastic handles that cracked after a fair amount of use, and they didn't feel great.

    Elvis-Style Frozen Bananas take the classic Elvis sandwich (peanut butter, banana + bacon) to a new level! This easy 3 ingredient frozen dessert is fit for The King! #BaconMonth

    Silicone baking mats

    Things we love about silicone baking mats:

    • Reusable non-stick surface
    • Freezer, microwave, and oven-safe
    • Comes in lots of shapes and sizes

    Silpat baking mats get used a lot in my kitchen, especially the half sheet size. They are so useful for creating a nonstick lining on baking sheets when making cookies.

    They are freezer, microwave, and oven safe up to 500°F. Their nonstick nature makes them very easy to clean. I know a lot of people even throw them in the dishwasher (my dishwasher is small though, so we just wash them by hand).

    Food grade silicone provides consistent heat distribution and promotes even baking and browning. I love not having to constantly use parchment paper - these mats are much more eco-friendly.

    Baking mats come in various sizes for different pans, and some even have guidelines to help you gauge where to place items and how big to make them, such as this cookie mat or this macaron mat. Super handy for making uniform treats!

    Silpat even has a perfect pastry mat that is a great way to roll and shape things on your countertop. I love that you can measure the dimension of your pastry while you're working.

    I use a similar mat for measuring the diameter of pie crust when I roll it out. It makes cleanup super easy as well.

    What are your favorite kitchen tools? I'd love to hear about them in the comments section below!

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Fennel + Citrus Salad with Shallots and Capers

    January 26, 2021 by Ashley 25 Comments

    This fennel + citrus salad with shallots and capers is a deliciously crisp, fresh salad that satisfies all your sweet-and-salty cravings!

    Vibrant citrus and crisp fennel team up in this deliciously fresh, simple salad recipe. Great as a side dish or over your favorite protein.

    Bowl of fennel citrus salad with salad hand tools to the side.

    Why we love making this recipe

    • It's crisp and refreshing.
    • Mixing and matching different types of citrus make this fennel salad beautifully colorful.
    • It comes together in just a few minutes!
    • No-cook, easy side dishes are always welcome additions to our kitchen repertoire.
    Ingredients for fennel and citrus salad with shallots and capers out on a cutting board.

    It may surprise you to hear that I was a super picky eater as a child. There were a ton of things that I just would not eat.

    One of the ingredients that was high up on my list of dislikes was fennel.

    After having fennel roasted for the first time, I realized that there was much more to fennel than just pure crunchy licorice.

    🥬 Ingredient Spotlight: Fennel

    Fennel is a versatile vegetable that can be used both cooked and raw. The bulb, stalks, flowers, and leafy fronds are all edible.

    Many recipes call for just the bulb of the fennel or dried fennel seeds.

    Fresh fennel has a crisp texture and licorice-y flavor. When roasted, fennel caramelized and gets beautifully sweet.

    When preparing a bulb of fennel for a raw dish, you should take care to remove the tough inner core. I like thinly sliced or shaved fennel when eating it raw.

    You can use a mandoline if you want to ensure perfectly even slices.

    If you're craving more info about fennel and its uses, there's a great article on what fennel is and how to cook it over on Love and Lemons.

    Chopping a bulb of fennel to add to a bowl of fennel and citrus salad.

    This recipe is super simple to put together, and it's a nice, refreshing salad that's perfect alongside lots of different main courses.

    Fennel citrus salad is delicious in the summer when you don't want to heat up your kitchen by turning on the oven.

    It's also a great winter option that goes well with comfort food dishes like lasagna (this Ravioli Lasagna or Skillet Lasagna with Lamb, Ricotta + Mint would both be great choices) or a piping hot serving of Italian Sausage and Peppers.


    Cutting the rind off of a grapefruit.

    How to make this recipe

    1. Cut off and discard the pith from all of your citrus fruit.
    2. Use your knife to cut supremes of fruit from between the membranes, letting them fall into the bowl.
    3. Squeeze the juice from the membranes over the bowl.
    4. Add sliced remaining ingredients and gently toss to combine.
    5. Garnish with reserved fennel fronds and enjoy!
    Squeezing juice from the membranes of a grapefruit.
    Fresh fennel, citrus, shallots, and capers in a large bowl.
    Drizzling honey onto a fresh fennel salad.
    Cod topped with fresh fennel citrus salad.
    Bowl of fennel citrus salad with knife and honey pot alongside.

    We love this fennel and citrus salad served on top of fish like pan-seared cod, or with grilled chicken breasts.

    The way the sweet-and-salty citrus juice mixture from the fennel salad drips down onto the meat is really lovely.

    There are so many ways to utilize this simple fennel salad, and I'm looking forward to exploring more for years to come!

    Bowl of fennel and citrus salad.

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    (#ad) Roma Salad with Caper-Dill Vinaigrette: Chickpeas, corn, black beans, feta cheese, + sun-dried tomatoes turn salad greens into a deliciously filling meal. Top it with a tangy homemade vinaigrette! #CookingWithCoke #CollectiveBias

    Roma Salad with Caper-Dill Vinaigrette

    Creamy Cucumber, Avocado, Chickpea, & Sun-Dried Tomato Salad

    Creamy Cucumber, Avocado, Chickpea, & Sun-Dried Tomato Salad

    Triple Crunch Asian Salad

    Triple Crunch Asian Salad

    Quick Chickpea Salad with Lemon-Dill Vinaigrette: This quick, hearty make-ahead salad is perfect for lunch on-the-go or as a fresh, flavorful last minute addition to any meal. #REBBLTribe #ad

    Quick Chickpea Salad with Lemon-Dill Vinaigrette

    Doing some online shopping?  Check out my Amazon Shop page for recommendations!

    FAQs about this recipe

    How should I store leftover fennel citrus salad?

    Leftovers should be stored in a covered airtight container in the refrigerator. I like to pour off all but a few tablespoons of the liquid before storing leftovers to help prevent it from getting too soggy.

    Can I make this salad in advance?

    You can, but note that the longer your fennel sits in with the liquid, the less crisp it will be. It will still taste fantastic, but won't have quite as much crunch.

    You could also prep everything but leave the sliced fennel in a separate container, tossing it together just before serving.

    Can I use different citrus fruit in this salad?

    Absolutely! I love the sour-tanginess that grapefruit adds, so I usually use that and one or two other options. Oranges, tangerines, and blood oranges are all great options. You could even use a can of drained mandarin oranges in a pinch.

    I'd steer clear of adding lemons or limes, as they'll likely be too sour.

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Sweet Corn Muffins

    January 24, 2021 by Ashley 6 Comments

    This easy, tender sweet corn muffin recipe is one of our favorites to bake! These muffins are great for breakfast, snack time, or dessert and freeze beautifully. Fun to bake with kids, too!

    Sweet corn muffin with a bite taken out of it surrounded by more muffins.

    Why we love these muffins

    • They're not overly sweet.
    • The texture is nice and tender with a little bit of crunch on top.
    • Sweet corn muffins freeze well and reheat easily.
    • They're versatile - great as breakfast, snack time, part of a meal, and just sweet enough for dessert.
    Baking ingredients laid out to make sweet corn muffins.

    These muffins have been a favorite in my house for many years now. They're great by themselves and even better slathered with a little salted butter.

    There aren't a ton of ingredients to this muffin recipe, which makes them easy to pull together whenever the craving strikes.

    Sweet corn muffins freeze beautifully, too, so you can make a batch (or even scale it to make a double batch!) and freeze some to enjoy later on.

    🥣 Ingredient Spotlight: Baking Powder

    Baking powder increases the volume of baked goods, creating a nice rise and light, fluffy texture.

    In most cases, recipes that call for baking powder refer to double-acting baking powder, though there are some instances when single-acting baking powder is used.

    Please note that many brands of baking powder contain aluminum, which can cause a metallic or bitter taste, especially when used in larger quantities.

    I recommend using brands that are specifically marked aluminum-free. Some of my favorites are Rumford and Bob's Red Mill.

    Close-up of a sweet corn muffin with a bite taken out.

    How to make this recipe

    1. Whisk together dry ingredients in one mixing bowl and wet ingredients in another.
    2. Make a well in the center of the dry ingredients.
    3. Pour wet mixture into the well and gently stir, being sure not to overmix.
    Whisking dry ingredients in a bowl for sweet corn muffin recipe.
    Wet ingredients for sweet corn muffin recipe.
    Bowls of wet and dry ingredients for sweet corn muffin recipe.
    Pouring wet ingredients into dry ingredients for sweet corn muffins.
    Wet and dry ingredients in a bowl with a spatula, ready to mix.

    📝 Overmixing Muffin Batter

    The texture of your muffins can easily turn from soft and tender to dense and chewy if you overmix your batter.

    This can be avoided by mixing the wet and dry ingredients separately, then bringing them together and gently stirring until just mixed.

    You want to be sure that all of the dry flour has been combined with the wet ingredients but stop as soon as any dry patches are gone.

    Continuing to mix your muffin batter beyond this point won't affect the flavor of your muffins, but it can crush the air bubbles and ruin the desired fluffy texture.

    Bowl of sweet corn muffin batter with a spatula.
    1. Divide muffin batter evenly between the cups in your lined 12-cup muffin pan.
    2. Sprinkle the top of each sweet corn muffin with turbinado sugar or other toppings if desired.
    3. Bake, let cool briefly in the pan before transferring to a wire rack to cool completely.
    Scooping sweet corn muffin batter from a bowl.
    Dishing out sweet corn muffin batter into a lined muffin tin.
    Sprinkling turbinado sugar on top of sweet corn muffins.

    🥣 Tips for measuring flour

    When measuring flour, especially for baked goods, pancakes, and waffles, I recommend using the "scoop and sweep" method to ensure proper measurements.

    Use a spoon to scoop flour from your container into the measuring cups, being sure to overfill them a bit. Then, sweep across the top to level it off before adding to your recipe.

    Pouring flour into a measuring cup.
    Pour flour from the scoop into the measuring cup.
    Pouring flour into a measuring cup.
    Overfill the measuring cup.

    You can sweep with the back of a knife, the handle of a spoon or spatula, or even your finger (hey, clean hands are great kitchen tools!).

    Try to avoid plunging the measuring cup into your container of flour and compressing it against the side of the container when measuring. This will pack more flour into each cup and could negatively impact the final texture of your baked goods.

    Leveling off a measuring cup full of flour.
    Use a flat edge to sweep across and level off the measuring cup.
    Leveling off a measuring cup full of flour.
    Once you've scooped and swept, your measurement is ready!

    This is a great recipe for kids to help bake. My son absolutely loves these sweet corn muffins.

    I taught a great group of kids to make these muffins in one of my virtual cooking classes. If you missed out, you can check out the on-demand class here to make them with us on your own time!

    We talked about being patient while things are baking and even played some silly games while the muffins baked to pass time.

    Sweet corn muffins on top of muffin stands.

    💡 Get creative with toppings!

    These sweet corn muffins are great with a little crunch on top. My family loves a sprinkling of turbinado sugar up on top.

    Feel free to mix things up! During our virtual cooking class, we experimented with adding some chopped walnuts to a few of our muffins and they turned out great!

    It's easy to add toppings to just a few of your muffins to find out which work best with any particular recipe.

    Try these with your favorite chopped nuts, flaked coconut, sanding sugar, or even mini chocolate chips!

    Still hungry? You may also like...

    Plate of peanut butter cookies with bites taken out of one

    Classic Peanut Butter Cookies

    Ricotta Cookies

    Ricotta
    Cookies

    These Melt-in-Your-Mouth Buttermilk Chocolate Cookies are a supremely chocolatey dessert recipe that is a great way to use a partial container of buttermilk - guaranteed to satisfy even the strongest chocolate cravings.

    Melt-in-Your-Mouth Buttermilk Chocolate Cookies

    Hand holding a decorated Christmas tree cookie with a bite taken out of it.

    Grandma's Christmas Cookies

    Doing some online shopping?  Check out my Amazon Shop page for recommendations!

    FAQs about this recipe

    How should I store corn muffins?

    These muffins are best stored in an airtight container on the counter for a few days or in the refrigerator for about a week.

    How to reheat corn muffins?

    You can microwave them for about 15 seconds, or slice them in half and pop them in a toaster oven for a few minutes. They're fantastic cooked in a little butter on a hot griddle, too.

    Can I freeze sweet corn muffins?

    Absolutely! Feel free to store these muffins in an airtight container in your freezer. Thaw in the fridge overnight or microwave for 30 seconds to thaw more quickly.

    Check out my latest posts...

    • Stack of chocolate chocolate chip pancakes with peppermints and mini marshmallows.
      Chocolate Chocolate Chip Pancakes with Mint
    • Sheet pan of cooked chicken fajita mixture.
      Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas
    • Spoonful of cucumber raita in a bowl.
      Cucumber Raita

    Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide – Part 3

    December 17, 2020 by Ashley 1 Comment

    Text reads, "Shop small holiday 2020 gift guide part 3".

    This is part three of my 2020 holiday gift guide. You can check out the other parts here: part 1, part 2.

    Collage of holiday gift items including hot cocoa mix, artisan cheeses, honeycomb, and cookbooks.

    Support small, independent bookshops while shopping online

    I always enjoy giving books as holiday gifts. There are so many topics and you can truly find something for anyone on your list.

    One of my favorite new ways to shop for books is by using bookshop.org. Bookshop allows you to support local independent bookstores instead of big box stores and massive online companies.

    I have curated several lists of books over on my bookshop profile page including cookbooks, desserts and baking, cocktails & mixology, cooking basics + techniques, breadmaking, and more.

    I also have other categories such as novels, memoirs, humor, poetry, young adult, kids books, and more.

    Assortment of cookbooks with measuring spoons, bowls, and tiki cocktail supplies alongside.

    This first book is quite possibly my current favorite cookbook. Cook Once Eat All Week by Cassie Joy Garcia has completely changed the way I think about meal planning.

    Most meal prep strategies that I've encountered in the past involve batch cooking loads and loads of recipes on Sunday and eating leftovers all week.

    In Cook Once Eat All Week, each weekly plan focuses on using three base ingredients (such as week 6: ground chicken, bell peppers, and rice) to prep for 3 different meals at once.

    Instead of cooking 3 full meals in advance, you do most of the work on your prep day and then on subsequent days spend just a few minutes finishing each recipe to transform those base ingredients into each meal.

    I especially like that you're not just reheating leftovers every single meal for the entire week. Don't get me wrong - I love leftovers! But there's something about spending a little time one day cooking up 5 pounds of chicken, roasting some veggies, and making a few sauces, and then turning them into three completely different meals later in the week that has made meal prep much more exciting for me.

    A lot of meal prep options that I've come across in the past don't seem to really hit on variety when it comes to repurposing a protein multiple times throughout the week.

    These recipes really keep things interesting. You definitely do not feel like you're eating the same baked chicken breast three days a week when the flavor combos and ingredients for each of the 3 meals are so different.

    So far I've used the weekly plans in Cook Once Eat All Week to prepare a few weeks' worth of recipes and I'm looking forward to trying out even more.

    One note is that this cookbook focuses on the gluten-free diet so I tend to swap certain items such as using low-sodium soy sauce instead of coconut aminos, adding or substituting a grain, and using granulated sugar or brown sugar in place of some of the specialty sugars such as coconut sugar.

    The only other note I would say is to really pay attention to the recipe selections and how much food each meal entails. I've noticed that occasionally we would really enjoy an additional vegetable or starch with the meals, so I'll grab something quick from the freezer or pantry to add to them.

    Regardless it's been insanely adaptable and really enjoyed the meals that we've made from it. I'm looking forward to trying many more!

    Creative Green Living

    Speaking of books, my friend Carissa of Creative Green Living has a few books that would make great gifts.

    I wrote a review of Beautiful Smoothie Bowls a while back, and now that winter weather has hit here in New York, cozying up with a smoothie bowl sounds like a great way to summon the tropics at home.

    Headshot of Carissa Berg Bonham standing outside.

    I asked Carissa to share a bit about her small business and her current offerings.

    Big Flavors: How long have you been in business? Tell me a bit about your background and how you got into what you do.

    Carissa Berg Bonham: I started blogging in 2006 as a way to keep up with my friends and family at home on the west coast while I was away at graduate school in Boston.

    When I lost my job during the recession in 2012, I decided to really focus on turning writing into my business. I published my first hardcover cookbook in 2017 and have written three books since then.

    Smoothie bowl topped with fresh fruit and cashews in front of a book about smoothie bowls.

    BF: What products are you currently offering?

    CB: I have lots of free recipes and tutorials on my website, Creative Green Living (www.creativegreenliving.com). In my Etsy shop, I have signed copies of my books as well as a downloadable apron pattern and tutorial.

    BF: Where can people buy your products?

    CB: My cookbook is available at every Barnes & Noble store nationwide, on Amazon and in my Etsy shop. [Big Flavors note: you can also find it on Bookshop!]

    My chicken-keeping book is available at every Tractor Supply store nationwide, on Amazon, and in my Etsy shop: [Big Flavors note: you can also find it on Bookshop!]

    https://www.instagram.com/p/BnELhPsj2r7

    BF: Do you have any current promotions/specials?

    CB: Your readers can use coupon code BIGFLAVORS to get 10% off anything in my Etsy shop include books and sewing patterns.

    BF: Where's the best place for people to connect with you?

    On my website: creativegreenliving.com - or on Etsy to purchase books.

    The Essential Fondue Cookbook

    The last book I'm sharing for this year's holiday gift guide is from a friend and fellow cheese lover that I met on Instagram a while back, Erin Harris AKA The Cheese Poet.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CEfdhOzB3vb

    Erin shares some seriously swoon-worthy cheese-centric content over on Instagram, and if you aren't following her, you're seriously missing out!

    I asked her how she got into the world of cheese, and this is what she told me:

    I went to culinary school 20 years ago and worked as a chef for 10 years before taking a leap into the world of cheese! It was the best decision I have ever made. My passion for cheese continues to grow and I love how I never stop learning!

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CCTmxh7B_ZO

    Erin's new book, The Essential Fondue Cookbook contains 75 recipes to seriously upgrade your fondue game.

    It covers everything from how to pick the right fondue pot to how to select the perfect cheeses. Traditional and lesser-known fondue techniques and recipes are included.

    You can purchase The Essential Fondue Cookbook on Bookshop, Amazon, Indigo (in Canada), and Barnes and Noble.

    You can connect with Erin over on Instagram and be sure to check out her website at thecheesepoet.ca.

    Second Mouse Cheese Shop

    Speaking of cheese, one of my absolute favorite local places is Second Mouse Cheese Shop over in Pleasantville, New York.

    I know what they say about Disney, but Second Mouse truly is the happiest place on earth.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CE7b6MGlO91

    Owner Ivy Ronquillo and staff are eager to help you pick out the perfect cheese, charcuterie, and accompaniments to create the cheeseboard of your dreams!

    If you follow me over on Instagram or have attended one of my cheeseboard classes, there's no question that you've seen lots of items that I purchased from Second Mouse Cheese Shop.

    Aside from cheese, they also offer small-batch, artisan accompaniments such as jams, crackers, chocolates, condiments, and more. They also sell tools like cheese knives, cheese storage paper and bags, and boards so you can have the perfect cheese spread at home.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/B8G7UU4p9e7

    I appreciate their dedication to small farms, artisans, and craftspeople. All of these goodies are perfect for gift-giving!

    For locals, Second Mouse offers a variety of classes for you to get your cheese education on. I have taken a few classes both in-person and online and let me tell you they are worth every penny.

    Various cheeses and cheeseboard supplies from Second Mouse Cheese Shop.

    The online classes have been great during this strange year that is 2020 and I love being able to pick up the pairing items and accompanying beverages directly from the shop, then bringing them home to participate in the class from my own space, safely.

    Ivy really has a wealth of knowledge and is more than happy to help educate you on any and all things cheese-centric.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CCBzJhnJfh8

    I asked Ivy to share a bit more about how she got into the cheese biz, and also what types of offerings they have for the holiday season.

    Big Flavors: How long have you been in business? Tell me a bit about your background and how you got into what you do. 

    Ivy Ronquillo: 19 months. I have spent the last 25 years (gulp.) alternating between the Advertising Industry and the Fine Foods world. It was first in mid-2017 that I made a firm, non-reversible decision to commit to what pleases my soul: food and making people happy.

    Melty piece of Humboldt Fog cheese.


    BF: What products are you currently offering?

    IR: Upwards of 80 artisanal cheeses; small-batch accompaniments, like honeys and chutneys; humanely raised and ethically produced Charcuterie; Fresh local breads; Hard-to-find wine, beer, cider, crackers, dried fruit, nuts, chocolates, cookies, specialty teas, homewares, gifts; Prepared Foods; Catering; Classes all about CHEESE!

    Gift card from Second Mouse Cheese Shop in Pleasantville, NY.


    BF: Where can people buy your products?

    IR: At our shop - 357 Manville Rd., Pleasantville, NY (diagonally across the street from Jacob Burns Film Center); or on-line at www.SecondMouseCheese.com for pre-orders or gift basket shipping.

    BF: Do you have any current promotions/specials?

    We promote the joy of shopping local and shopping small, where customer service is top priority and where transparency is evident. Although we have occasional sales, our motives rely less on volume and more on quality experiences.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CECN25cpMoV

    BF: Where's the best place for people to connect with you?

    IR: In person! We love seeing our customers. Phones are always ringing, too. But if you wanna see what's happening at the shop, follow us on Instagram (@secondmousecheeseny). We post a few of our favorite things frequently, as well as update our followers with pertinent info.

    Honey & Things

    Honeycomb and honey gifts from Honey & Things.

    Looking for something sweet to go with all that cheese? My friend Amanda's aunt is a beekeeper in Upstate New York who sells honey and gift items made with beeswax over at Honey & Things.

    Karen Russell and Theresa Jeffers started Honey & Things and have been in business for about 3 years. 

    They started out beekeeping and producing honey and have since branched out to making beautiful items with their beeswax, including hand-dipped taper candles, lip balm, and lotion bars.

    Jar of honey with pieces of honeycomb inside from Honey & Things.

    I can't wait to add some of this honeycomb to a cheeseboard. How gorgeous is it?!

    I've enjoyed honey for lots of things in the past, but it hadn't occurred to me that there was so much that could be done with beeswax!

    This vanilla bean lip balm has been on heavy rotation in my house lately. My son loves it, too!

    Vanilla Bean lip balm from Honey & Things.

    This past year Karen & Theresa developed a soap line and added bath bombs to their offerings.

    Honey & Things also sells loose teas, teapots, teacups, and other tea accessories as well as an assortment of gift baskets.

    All of their products are available online at honeyandthings.net.

    Honey blossoms massage bar and lotion bar from Honey & Things.

    Uncle Tom's Cabin Moon Gulch Hot Chocolate Mix

    This last one is one of my very favorite holiday gifts to give. It's a homemade gift that comes together quickly and is guaranteed to bring a smile to any recipient's face.

    Jars of hot cocoa mix with a mug of brewed hot chocolate.

    I recently updated a post that was posted well over a decade ago here on Big Flavors from a Tiny Kitchen for my very favorite way to enjoy hot cocoa.

    The recipe for Uncle Tom's Moon Gulch Hot Chocolate Mix is super simple and absolutely delicious.

    I learned to make it from a teacher in middle school and you can read more about why it was so meaningful to me in this post.

    For gifting, a festive bag or glass jar is all you need! The recipe makes a LOT of mix, so you can divvy it up and gift it to several people.

    I like including a little note that says "Fill mug ¼- to ⅓ of the way with hot cocoa mix, then stir in boiling water." and attach that to the package.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CIkIKyzFR9u

    To go a step above, you could add a bag of mini marshmallows or candy canes to go alongside your hot cocoa mix.

    You could also take it to the next level with a hot cocoa board! If you want to learn how to assemble one of these epic spreads, I have a live virtual class coming up on Monday, December 21st to show you how. You can register here.

    An on-demand replay will be available afterward, and I'll post that here once it's available.

    Thank you again for considering shopping small and helping out independent businesses. Your support means the world to them, and there are so many great ones to choose from!

    I hope the rest of 2020 treats you well, friends! I'm looking forward to lots more deliciousness here in 2021!

    Looking for more gift ideas? Check out all of my gift guides for more inspiration:

    • Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide - Part 3
    • Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide - Part 2
    • Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide - Part 1
    • Big Flavors 2019 Holiday Gift Guide for Food Lovers
    • Big Flavors 2018 Holiday Gift Guide Part 2
    • Big Flavors 2018 Holiday Gift Guide Part 1
    • Holiday Gift Ideas to Upgrade Your Kitchen & Dining Experience
    • White Elephant Funny Holiday Gift Ideas for Foodies
    • 2016 Holiday Gift Guide (Part 2)
    • 2016 Holiday Gift Guide (Part 1)
    • 2015 Holiday Gift Guide
    • 2013 Holiday Gift Guide

    Uncle Tom's Cabin Moon Gulch Hot Chocolate Mix

    December 8, 2020 by Ashley 12 Comments

    Homemade hot cocoa in a mug surrounded by jars of hot cocoa mix.

    This post may contain affiliate links, which won’t change your price but will share some commission.

    Grab your favorite hot cocoa mug and cozy up to this homemade hot chocolate mix! Perfect for holiday gift giving!

    An assortment of jars of hot cocoa mix with a mug of hot chocolate up front.

    This post is a revamped version of a hot chocolate recipe that I posted waaaay back in 2007. It's a recipe that I've been making since I was in middle school back in Fort Wayne, Indiana.

    Homemade hot cocoa mix is one of my all-time favorite homemade holiday gifts to make for people. It's a lot of fun to make with kids and is a hit with adults, too.

    I love that it only takes a few ingredients, and they're all readily accessible at the grocery store or online.

    Lineup of ingredients for homemade hot cocoa mix.

    Gifting homemade hot cocoa mix is easy! Just find some cute jars or containers, divvy up the hot chocolate mix, and be sure to include directions for how to mix it up (see the recipe card below).

    I love giving this mix to friends and family around the holidays. It also makes a sweet thank you treat for teachers, hospital staff, postal workers, maintenance people, etc.

    If you're feeling festive, you could top a mug of this hot cocoa with some homemade peppermint whipped cream.

    It also makes a superb addition to an (optionally boozy) hot cocoa board! I had such a great response to this board on Instagram that I'm working on putting together a virtual class on how to make your own. Stay tuned!

    View this post on Instagram

    A post shared by Ashley Covelli • Food-Recipes (@bigflavors)

    Speaking of teachers, I want to share a bit about the teacher that brought this recipe into my life and why it made such an impact on me.

    When I was in middle school, there was a lot going on. My parents divorced and my mom and I were gearing up to move from Fort Wayne, Indiana up to Waukesha, Wisconsin.

    Label maker printing labels for homemade hot cocoa mix with jars surrounding.

    Being a child of multiple divorces, there was a lot of shuffling going on at home. I changed schools several times throughout my life, so making long-lasting connections was a bit tricky.

    One of my only big memories of 6th grade was when Christmas was approaching and my history teacher let us spend an entire class period making (and enjoying!) homemade hot chocolate.

    We broke into groups and Mr. C. gave each of us our own copy of a recipe for Uncle Tom's Cabin Moon Gulch Hot Chocolate Mix.

    What's with the name, you may ask?

    I tinkered this recipe into its present, ambrosia-like state when I lived alone in an old log cabin in the Roosevelt National Forest in Colorado from February to August of 1978. My niece, Heather, called it "Uncle Tom's cabin."

    -Tom Cashen

    One of the most memorable parts of it was that we mixed each batch in a large, clean, garbage bag.

    Yep, that's right, we poured all of the ingredients into a big ol' trash bag, sealed it, then took turns shaking it up like mad to get all of the ingredients to combine.

    My classmates and I all loved the "dust storm" that came when we'd open the bag after mixing all of the hot chocolate ingredients together in the bag.

    Overhead view of a bin full of homemade hot chocolate mix ingredients.

    We were able to enjoy a piping hot mug of cocoa in his classroom whenever we wanted to from there on out. He gave us all a recipe card and told us we could enjoy making it with our families.

    I was anxious to make a batch of Uncle Tom's Cabin Moon Gulch Hot Chocolate Mix with my mom after I got home. We made a tradition out of finding fun jars each Christmas season so we could gift homemade hot cocoa mix to friends and family.

    Mr. C.'s kindness and unique teaching style really stuck with me and left a lasting impact on my life and how sharing acts of kindness can be an incredibly meaningful way to connect with others.

    After that class, me and my mom would make a batch of his hot cocoa mix every year to package up and give it out as holiday gifts to family and friends.

    It became a wonderful holiday tradition, both in making something together and spreading joy by passing it out as holiday gifts.

    Whisk in a bin full of ingredients for homemade hot chocolate mix.

    Back when I originally posted this recipe (13 years ago!), I couldn't remember the name of the teacher who created Uncle Tom's Cabin Moon Gulch Hot Chocolate Mix.

    Over the years, I'd occasionally hear from other people who also had him as a teacher and loved this tradition as well.

    I had tried to track down the teacher online for years so I could give him proper credit and also thank him for such a great memory. I reached out to the school district, tried Facebook, and all sorts of things and had all but given up last year.

    Spooning homemade hot cocoa mix into a mug.

    A few months ago, I got an email from someone who came across my post - it was my teacher's daughter! She shared my post with her dad and I sent her my contact info so I could get in touch with her dad.

    Long story short(ish), Mr. Cashen and I have been enjoying getting reacquainted with each other online. It's been so wonderful to have been able to thank him for making such an impact on me as a kid, and also to learn about his life and family.

    He was thrilled to hear that I've been making his recipe for so many years, and even sent me a revamped version that he has been working on lately.

    Pouring hot water into a mug of hot chocolate mix.

    His version had a few changes from the original, including a significantly reduced quantity of powdered sugar, dark cocoa powder, and the optional addition of a can of Private Selection Cherry Cordial cocoa that he finds at Kroger.

    I haven't found the cherry cordial out here, but I've made the revised recipe several times now and can say that it is indeed better than ever!

    Because his recipe calls for items by sizes like "can" and "large box", I decided to make notes of exact quantities for the products I'm able to find currently in the grocery store.

    Stirring homemade hot cocoa mix into a mug of hot water.

    The amounts are for the package sizes shown in the photos in this post, and they're fairly close to the original amounts. If you're able to come close, that's fine.

    I think brands change their packaging fairly often, so this recipe tends to change a bit as the years go by.

    He does warn about using different brands for items where the brand name is specified - the formulations are specific, and changing them up will impact the flavor. Experiment at your own risk!

    Homemade hot cocoa in a mug surrounded by jars of hot cocoa mix.

    This holiday season, make a big ol' batch of homemade hot cocoa mix and pack it up to give as gifts. I promise it'll bring smiles all around!

    I packaged up a big batch of this hot chocolate mix and put it in large glass jars that I got from the dollar store, then used my label maker to add the recipe title to each jar. I dropped them off at my son's school, along with a letter about Mr. Cashen and how much teachers matter.

    Teachers, we see you. We are so grateful for you. You make a lasting impact on your students beyond what you may see here today.

    Happy holidays!


    Feeling suddenly parched? Here are some of our favorite beverage recipes:

    • The Grace Lane Graduate
    • Cucumber Moscow Mule
    • Mom & Tot Creamsicle Smoothies
    • Wine-Beyond-the-Wall (or, Wine-ter is Coming)
    • Cucumber Gin Elderflower Smash
    • DM Old Fashioned
    • Carrot Apple Ginger Refresher
    • The Aztec
    • DM Espresso Martini
    • Bourbon Rouge
    • Chile Libre
    • Ruby Radiance Juice
    • DM Bloody Mary
    • The Herbalist
    • Hot Hot Hot Chocolate
    • Rooster Shots
    • Antipasto Bloody Mary

    Image of Hershey's Special Dark Cocoa Powder

    Hershey's Special Dark Cocoa Powder

    Buy Now →
    Image of ground cinnamon

    ground cinnamon

    Buy Now →
    Featured Links powered by

    Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide – Part 2

    November 28, 2020 by Ashley 2 Comments

    Text reads, "Shop small holiday 2020 gift guide part 2".

    Meet some of my favorite small & local businesses in this year's holiday gift guide for shopping inspiration that makes a big difference! Check out part 1 here.

    Collage of small business gift ideas for the Big Flavors 2020 holiday gift guide.

    Because I have so many incredible small businesses to share for my 2020 holiday gift guide. I'm splitting things up into a few posts. This is part 2. You can find part 1 here.

    I'll also be doing some of my shopping through sites like Etsy for things like unpaper towels, Luke's Diner coffee mugs (where my fellow Gilmore Girls fans at??), and hilarious handmade greeting cards.

    I'll also inevitably be buying some things from Amazon (it's just so darn convenient!), but for the most part, I'm looking to shop local and support small businesses.

    I also stand by all of the gift guide recommendations from previous years as well.

    Nik Bucci bottling cold brew coffee from Bucci Coffee Co.

    Bucci Coffee Co.

    Nik Bucci has mastered the art of making a divine cup of coffee. Bucci Coffee Co., in Cortlandt Manor, NY focuses on brewing the world's finest organic specialty cold brew coffee for households and businesses.

    They offer the same whole bean organic roasted coffees that they work with for customers to brew at home.

    Bucci has expanded beyond the local area with his freshly roasted coffee beans and cold brew coffee and now offers mail order distribution anywhere in the United States.

    Glass of iced cold brew coffee from Bucci Coffee Co.

    I can attest that the cold brew is super smooth and delicious, and the coffee beans make a great cup of hot coffee (especially when the beans are freshly ground in my burr grinder and it's brewed with my favorite pourover carafe and CoffeeSock reusable coffee filter).

    And another small detail that I happen to absolutely love is the hand-typed labels for each of their bags of beans.

    It's the little (analog) things, ya know?

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CG209UoAvEn/

    I asked Nik to give me a little more background on his business and how he got into the world of creating this sweet, sweet caffeination.

    Big Flavors: How long have you been in business? Tell me a bit about your background and how you got into what you do.

    Nik Bucci: Just under two years. My background is in Engineering and photography, but one of my strongest passions is traveling, which is how I got into coffee.

    My good friend Alessandro exposed me to the wide and beautiful world of coffee in Milan through his work as a global green coffee trader.

    While I was traveling around the world in 2017, coffee shops were always a home base for me to work on my photography, ponder my next moves, and get energized.

    After this three month trip I returned to the US and started working on Bucci Coffee Co.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/BwasoTdnXKM/

    BF: What products are you currently offering?

    NB: We are excited to be offering our Specialty Cold Brew in an eco-friendly and shippable pouch dispenser. It's 1.5L which is 8~12 servings, fits nicely in your fridge, and keeps great flavor for weeks. We are shipping this anywhere in the country!

    We also sell two different whole bean coffees, for those who grind fresh and brew at home. A medium roast Ethiopian coffee, and a dark roast Brazillian coffee, both fair trade and organic. 

    Pouch of cold brew coffee from Bucci Coffee Co.

    BF: Where can people buy your products?

    NB: The best way to buy is through our website.

    We are looking forward to getting back on some local shelves in Westchester, A&S Fine Foods in Croton for example.

    BF: Where's the best place for people to connect with you?

    NB: Through our email list, and through Instagram/Facebook. And soon in person, the best way!

    Assortment of kitchen and dining items from from Bliss Co-op.

    Bliss Co-op

    Fellow Ossining local (who happens to have also lived in Wisconsin like me AND shares my birthday - July 30th REPRESENT!!) Dana Anders is the force behind Bliss Co-op up in Sugar Loaf, NY.

    I met Dana a while back when one of my cheeseboard posts over on Instagram inspired her to reach out to me about gifting me a custom, hand-stamped vintage cheese knife.

    I mean, how could I say no?

    Hand stamped vintage silverplate knife from from Bliss Co-op.

    I've been itching to head up to check out Bliss Co-op in person, but due to the current... 2020-ness of this year, I have yet to make the trip.

    I did, however, have the brilliant idea to have Dana take me on a virtual shopping trip to her charming shop earlier this fall, and it was beyond wonderful!

    I was able to sit in bed, while recovering from surgery, and have my own personal shopper take me around all the nooks and crannies to see her wide range of offerings.

    Set of 3 cheese marker forks that say "chedda" "gouda" and "jack" from Bliss Co-op.

    The variety of food and beverage-related offerings in her shop was seriously awesome! I bought a lot of items to add some cheer, whimsy, and usefulness to my kitchen.

    One of the things that I love most about Bliss Co-op, aside from the incredibly thoughtful, personalized service, is the focus on women artisans from our local area.

    Dana has done a fantastic job of curating items that are absolutely perfect for gift giving!

    There are things that would be great for stocking stuffers, like the hand-stamped mini cheese marker forks pictured above or the adorable "Treat yo'self" magnets below.

    Assorted food-themed magnets with dessert illustrations from Bliss Co-op.

    I'm also a big fan of tea towels, and there were so many to choose from that I could barely contain myself.

    Anyone else get super excited about tea towels? Just me? Ha!

    One suggestion I have to cut back on waste this holiday season would be to purchase a gift and use a tea towel to wrap it up. No need to waste wrapping paper or gift bags and the recipient can then use it in their kitchen!

    Assorted kitchen tea towels from Bliss Co-op.

    I asked Dana to share a bit about how Bliss Co-op came to be, and here's what she had to say:

    Bliss Co-op opened its doors on April 1, 2011. The idea for Bliss came from me making/ selling greeting cards outside an acquaintance at the times shop in Sugar Loaf.

    A storefront opened and it all began. We feature the works of woman artisans mostly from the Hudson Valley Region of NY.

    Goods vary from pottery to jewelry to baby items to kitchen/ foodie goods and so much more!

    Our goods are available at our Brick and Mortar Shop in Sugar Loaf. Plus, I always welcome people to message me via Instagram and Facebook if I post a product they want. We can ship or local drop off.

    We will also be vendors this holiday season at the Wickham Makers Market in Warwick NY and Campwoods Holiday Boutique Ossining NY.

    Display of handmade wood cheeseboards and coasters from C.los Carpentry.

    C-los Carpentry

    During the Westchester Craft Crawl back in October, my first stop was Makers Central over in Tarrytown, NY.

    The location is absolutely beautiful and there are several local artisans and makers who use the space as their home base, including C-los Carpentry.

    I had been following Carlos and Elena's work over on C-los Carpentry's Instagram account for quite a while before finally seeing their beautiful work in person.

    I was wowed by the variety of pieces they create out of wood, and it was hard to narrow down the options for what I chose to buy that day.

    Handmade cheeseboard from C.los Carpentry in Tarrytown, NY.

    Is anyone surprised that I picked a cheeseboard?

    Their collection was absolutely gorgeous and you can tel that they put a lot of love into each and every piece.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/B9mNk8jn1CI/

    Big Flavors: Can you share a bit about you background and how C.los Carpentry came to be?

    C.los Carpentry: We have been in business as C-los Carpentry for 2 years now and have seen our business grow and evolve over this time to the point where we have expanded our shop, as well as our products.

    We are a team of two: Carlos and Elena.

    Carlos has a very strong background in carpentry, having started off in the field as an apprentice at a carpentry shop at the age of 12. He has been steadily working to improve his knowledge and expertise in the craft since then.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/B40CXEjFWYa/

    Elena has a degree in interior design and has worked for a build-and-design firm where her love of woodworking was initially sparked.

    Together, we also have a long history working for fine-dining restaurants, so it seemed like a logical leap to continue working with chefs and hospitality professionals through their woodworking.

    Now, we make a variety of kitchen products for the home or restaurant such as cheeseboards, cutting boards, bowls, servingware, trays, and vases.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CBinbEQpCQy/

    BF: What products are you currently offering?

    CC: We offer cutting boards in a variety of sizes and styles with each board bearing an entirely unique pattern.

    Frequently, we work with salvaged wood, or wood left over from our furniture projects, to create our cutting boards, which means that no two boards are the same.

    We also over cheeseboards in a variety of woods such as cherry, birch, and walnut; vases in maple, poplar, mahogany, and walnut; and salad bowls.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/B1HDVwDBjGp/

    BF: Where can people buy your products?

    CC: People can reach out to us directly to make an appointment to stop by our woodworking studio and shop from our inventory.

    We will also be hosting another market from the Makers Central Space for the holidays that will be open to the public.

    A limited selection of our products is also available for purchase through our website.

    This year, we are also participating in the White Plains Holiday Market which will be taking place December 3-13 and will host a variety of local makers.

    BF: Where's the best place for people to connect with you?

    CC: Email (Carlos, Elena) and Instagram.

    4 varieties of candles from Two Knit Wits.

    Two Knit Wits

    Aimee and Janine are friends of mine who happen to make some of my very favorite gift items!

    I asked Aimee how her business began, and here's what she told me:

    About 3.5 years ago I started knitting as a hobby then started making things for people which turned into a bunch of requests of friends + sort of continued from there. This year I started to macrame + pour candles.

    The hand-poured soy candles come in a variety of cleverly named scents. Their candles are made using phthalate free essential oil blends.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CHicJHbLHnm/

    I find a lot of scented things overwhelming, but these candles are so beautifully balanced. I have thoroughly enjoyed every.single.candle that I've purchased from them.

    There are a lot of food and beverage-themed scents, and I particularly enjoy the clean scents of Mint Grapefruit, Fresh Picked Cucumber, and aPEELing.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CFwmxe1BVX4/

    Holiday scents are in full swing now, and I'm excited to try them all! If you can't decide between all of the festive scents, check out the holiday sampler pack.

    I'm excited to try one of their wood wick candles next.

    I also love that you can return your empty candle vessels to get 10% off of your next purchase.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/CCJJ1pJBZeW/

    Sign up for candle of the month and you'll receive a new candle each month with a fragrance associated with that month or season.

    Two Knit Wits also offers a candle care kit that includes a matte black wick trimmer and wax dipper.

    Candle labels can also be customized as well, perfect for gift giving.

    https://www.instagram.com/p/B4xLU0Bh7bf/

    Aside from candles, they also offer a gorgeous assortment of knitwear and macrame.

    I personally have bought these geometric triangle earrings and a big braided beanie and love them both!

    Looking for more gift ideas? Check out all of my gift guides for more inspiration:

    • Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide - Part 3
    • Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide - Part 2
    • Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide - Part 1
    • Big Flavors 2019 Holiday Gift Guide for Food Lovers
    • Big Flavors 2018 Holiday Gift Guide Part 2
    • Big Flavors 2018 Holiday Gift Guide Part 1
    • Holiday Gift Ideas to Upgrade Your Kitchen & Dining Experience
    • White Elephant Funny Holiday Gift Ideas for Foodies
    • 2016 Holiday Gift Guide (Part 2)
    • 2016 Holiday Gift Guide (Part 1)
    • 2015 Holiday Gift Guide
    • 2013 Holiday Gift Guide

    Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide - Part 1

    November 27, 2020 by Ashley 2 Comments

    Text reads, "Shop small holiday 2020 gift guide part 1".

    This holiday season, shop small & support local businesses with this roundup of some of my favorite gifts (including my cooking classes)! Check out part 2 here.

    Collage of small business gifts for the Big Flavors 2020 holiday gift guide.

    2020 has been quite... unique, to say the least. With so many unknowns out there, I've been doing my best to support small businesses whenever I can. Especially local ones here in and around Ossining, NY.

    I have so much fun putting together gift guides each year, and I usually include a few small, local businesses. But for this year's holiday gift guide, I'm going to put a BIG focus on ways that you can shop small.

    Don't get me wrong, I'm still doing some of my shopping through sites like Etsy and Amazon, but for the most part, I'm looking to shop local and support small businesses.

    I'm also excited that I have the opportunity to share some of my favorites with a wider audience! I have several friends that are doing fun, delicious things, and I'm happy to help spread the word.

    Note that I did receive a few sample items for review, but for the most part, I spent my own money on these items.

    Because I have so many incredible items to share for my 2020 holiday gift guide. I'm going to be splitting things up into a few posts. I'll be sure to link to subsequent posts with in each post.

    I also stand by all of the gift guide recommendations from previous years as well. I'm still a firm believer in giving the gift of an Instant Pot or Air Fryer for any occasion!

    Collage of Connor McGinn Studios ceramic pieces for the Big Flavors 2020 holiday gift guide.

    Connor McGinn Studios

    First up is the breathtakingly beautiful handcrafted ceramic work from local artisan Connor McGinn.

    Connor and his team create products that bring the restaurant experience into your home. They seek out eco-friendly, low-waste practices and focus on upcycling and repurposing their materials into new pieces.

    Their collection was designed with the support of some of the culinary world's most incredible minds, such as local Chef Dan Barber from Blue Hill at Stone Barns.

    I have been swooning over Connor's work over on Instagram for quite some time now and was thrilled to finally be able to shop for a few pieces to add to my home collection over at Makers Central in Tarrytown, NY recently.

    Handmade ceramic pieces from Connor McGinn Studios in Tarrytown, NY.

    These pieces are such a welcome addition to my kitchen, and I definitely plan to use some of them on cheeseboards in the future!

    I asked Connor to share a bit about his business - check out this brief interview to learn more!

    Big Flavors: How long have you been in business? Tell me a bit about your background and how you got into what you do.

    Connor McGinn: I've been in business about 4 years now. I had been working as a line cook at a restaurant in Armonk called Restaurant North for a few years and decided to make the transition to starting my own business making handmade flatware for restaurants after the owners had been looking to upgrade their plates and knew that I had dabbled in Ceramics in college.

    I offered to make the plates for their new restaurant and after a fair amount of trial and error (mostly error) I finally made it work.

    After that things started to really take off once I started making plates for Blue Hill at Stone Barns. I opened up my own studio in Tarrytown 2 years ago and have been doing this full time ever since.

    Photo of Connor McGinn in his studio.

    BF: What products are you currently offering?

    CM: Ceramic plates, bowls, coffee mugs, platters, and serving pieces.

    BF: Where can people buy your products?

    CM:I have an online shop on my website connormcginnstudios.com.

    I'll be hosting 2 open studio/ market events at my space in Tarrytown (Makers Central) on November 28th and December 19th & 20th.

    I'll also be setting up a small pop up shop in White Plains From Dec 3rd to the 13th. It will be a Bryant Park Holiday market type event set up like a small market village in the middle of White Plains.

    Handmade ceramic meringue serving bowl from Connor McGinn Studios.

    BF: Do you have any current promotions/specials?

    CM: I will be periodically sending out promotions to my email subscribers throughout the holiday season for discounts on lots of great gifts.

    I have lots of completely unique one-off pieces (extras from restaurant orders) that I will be selling at steep discounts only at our Tarrytown Markets on Nov 28th and Dec 19th & 20th.

    BF: Where's the best place for people to connect with you?

    CM: Sign up for our newsletter to get the latest on new releases and special deals! On Instagram @connormcginnstudios.

    Collage of baked goods from Rolling out Memories in Ossining, NY.

    Rolling out Memories

    Next is a local friend and baker extraordinaire here in Ossining, NY, Paige Chavez of Rolling out Memories.

    The creativity and attention to detail that Paige puts into her baked goods brings her customers so much joy.

    We ordered our Thanksgiving dessert from her this year, an apple crumble pie, and it was absolutely delicious!

    A variety of 5 cupcakes from Rolling out Memories.

    I asked Paige to give me a bit of info about her business and what offerings she has for both locals and people outside of the Westchester, NY area. Here's the lowdown:

    I started baking in college with a one-bowl chocolate cake from Good Housekeeping.  I've evolved quite a bit since then but those early days when I was hopped up on sugar and independence, a love was born.

    I remember those infancy stages where I couldn't get the cake out of the pan and that always motivates me to keep learning, keep pushing myself to try new things.  Over the years, I've baked for birthdays, bridal and baby showers, even my mom's wedding.

    I've baked for countless events at this point and my absolute favorite part is hearing people's reactions and being a part of their special occasion, their memories.

    In 2018, Rolling out Memories was created and has received overwhelming support from my community.  

    I offer custom cakes, cupcakes, iced cookies, chocolate chip cookies, banana and pumpkin breads.  My lemon cake with blueberry filling is a huge hit in the warmer months, while my chocolate cake with ganache and caramel is a popular choice all year long. 

    I can make a variety pack where you get a little bit of everything. Cupcake kits are also a big hit with the kids. Currently, I can ship cookies and breads.

    I am best reached at Facebook or Instagram @rollingoutmemories. Send me a message there and I'm quick to get back to you. We can talk through what would work best for your event.  

    Collage of kids making challah french toast in a virtual cooking class.

    Virtual Cooking Classes

    This is one that I'm particularly excited about since it's from my very own small business!

    I've been teaching cooking classes locally in Ossining and the surrounding area here in Westchester County, New York, for several years now.

    Join Me for an Upcoming Live Class!

    Due to the craziness that 2020 threw our way, I had to cancel my in-person cooking classes.

    I ended up pivoting to offer virtual cooking classes, and they have been one of the brightest parts of this difficult year!

    Give the gift of virtual cooking classes with Big Flavors gift cards. Variety of ingredients in various states of preparation are shown.

    I'm teaching classes for both kids and adults, and they've been so much fun! Helping people gain confidence in the kitchen and getting them excited to cook is one of the main reasons that I love what I do for a living!

    I absolutely love being able to join people live in their kitchens. The fact that I can reach people beyond my home base of Ossining has been so wonderful.

    I've had people join from all over the United States and even some international participants from as far away as Germany!

    Give the gift of virtual cooking classes with Big Flavors gift cards. Image shows slicing a bell pepper with a knife.

    One of the biggest perks when it comes to teaching virtual classes vs. teaching in person is that everyone is in their own space.

    There's just something about learning in the environment where you already do your cooking that makes things easier than taking a class in a different location.

    On demand video classes now available. Photo shows an assortment of recipe images.

    Virtual classes are a ton of fun when taken live. I'm here to help you out, answer any questions you may have, and help you troubleshoot if any difficulties arise.

    View On Demand Video Class Library

    I have a steady stream of classes for kids and adults that I'm adding to my schedule. Everyone who takes a class will get access to the recording afterward to watch whenever they want.

    I also have on demand offerings. If my class times don't work with your schedule, you can watch them on your own time!

    Collage of sea salt gifts from Shelly Sells Sea Salt.

    Shelly Sells Sea Salt

    The last small business that I'm featuring in this installment of my holiday gift guide is a friend of a friend who has the best name for a salt company that I've ever heard.

    Sorry, Morton.

    Shelly Sells Sea Salt From the South Shore is based in Westhampton Beach, New York.

    Michele "Shelly" Martuscello grew up steps away from the Atlantic Ocean. Like most Italians, her happiest memories occurred around the family table.

    Shelly sells handmade salt for use in the kitchen as well as beauty products infused with sea salt.

    Texturizing hair mist from Shelly Sells Sea Salt.

    I asked Shelly to give me a bit of background on how she started handcrafting her sea salts:

    I started making sea salt from the Atlantic Ocean in Westhampton beach about a decade ago. In the beginning, it was just for fun and for family/friends, but it ended up being a great meditation for me and a connection to where I was raised.

    My parents were always really supportive of me making salt and eventually said we should sell this. I wouldn't have a company if it wasn't for them. My dad helped me develop the line, the business model, and experiment, but after he passed in 2015, my mom took over a big role in daily operations.

    The company has my name in the title, but we definitely run it together. We started with plain sea salt, expanded into flavors, and a beauty line. The water is harvested right from our local beaches, filtered, and then dried on our property a few blocks from the beach. A real beach to table, sea to table, operation.

    Shelly is currently offering the following products so you can bring a bit of the sea shore to your own home!

    • Handmade sea salt - Regular, Long Island Garlic, Citrus, and Chili Pepper. The Regular and Citrus are offered in 1oz, 2oz, and 4oz sizes. The LI Garlic and Chili are available in 1 ounce.
    • Get beachy hair all year long with Sea Salt Hair Texturizing Mist. Available in small (3.8 ounces) and large (8 ounces).
    • Digital gift cards.

    People can purchase Shelly's products online at ShellySeaSalt.com. If you find yourself on the east end of long island, there are a few stores that carry her products as well. You can find those on her Stockists page.

    Looking for more gift ideas? Check out all of my gift guides for more inspiration:

    • Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide - Part 3
    • Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide - Part 2
    • Shop Small with the Big Flavors 2020 Holiday Gift Guide - Part 1
    • Big Flavors 2019 Holiday Gift Guide for Food Lovers
    • Big Flavors 2018 Holiday Gift Guide Part 2
    • Big Flavors 2018 Holiday Gift Guide Part 1
    • Holiday Gift Ideas to Upgrade Your Kitchen & Dining Experience
    • White Elephant Funny Holiday Gift Ideas for Foodies
    • 2016 Holiday Gift Guide (Part 2)
    • 2016 Holiday Gift Guide (Part 1)
    • 2015 Holiday Gift Guide
    • 2013 Holiday Gift Guide

    Easy Mulled Cider Applesauce (Instant Pot or Slow Cooker)

    September 21, 2020 by Ashley 2 Comments

    Jars of applesauce surrounded by apples and whole spices.

    Infuse the flavors of fall into this no sugar added homemade applesauce recipe. Quick & easy to make in the Instant Pot or slow cooker!

    Jars of applesauce surrounded by apples and whole spices.

    Apple picking season is upon us, and here in New York, there are so many great orchards to choose from.

    One of the fun, albeit sometimes stressful, parts of apple picking is figuring out what to do with all.those.apples.

    I have lots of go-to apple recipes here on Big Flavors, like this Classic Dutch Apple Pie, these Cheesy Bacon + Apple Croissants, this Bacon and Caramelized Onion Jam Naan Pizza with Gorgonzola and Apples, and Sherry B's Apple Crisp for Two.

    But when it comes to one of our favorite ways to use fresh apples, it doesn't get much easier and more delicious than homemade applesauce.

    And while you can absolutely make applesauce on the stovetop, I much prefer the speed and ease of making applesauce in either the Instant Pot or the slow cooker.

    There's a great post on Bon Appétit all about common mistakes to avoid when making applesauce.

    A spoonful of homemade mulled cider applesauce with apples in the background.

    What apples are best to use for applesauce?

    I prefer to use a mix of apples when making applesauce from scratch. It's the same thing I tend to do when I'm making apple pie. The final product has a much richer flavor.

    Some apples are more tart than others. Since this applesauce recipe doesn't have any added sugar or sweetener, balancing the flavor by using both tart and sweet apples works really nicely.

    So, for example, a mix of Granny Smith apples (tart) and Gala apples (sweet) would result in well-balanced, sweet applesauce with a fair amount of tartness.

    The Food Editor over at Southern Living also agrees that a mix of apples is best for making your own applesauce.

    If you want to use just one type of apple in your homemade applesauce, I'd recommend going with sweeter apples such as Fuji, Golden Delicious, Cortland, or Honeycrisp.

    This article over on Food52 talks about the 11 best apples for applesauce. Whether you're looking for sweet, tangy, tart, or crisp, there's something on this list for everyone.

    Do you need to peel apples for homemade applesauce?

    Many recipes call for peeling apples, and you certainly can, but I don't bother. Everything gets softened from the cooking process and gets blended together at the end.

    If you're working with red apples, the color from the apple skins will get blended into the final applesauce, giving it a lovely rosy color.

    Another benefit of leaving the skins on your apples when making applesauce is the added fiber.

    If you absolutely don't want the skins in your applesauce, you can peel them in advance of cooking the apples or run your finished applesauce through a food mill to remove the skins afterward.

    Apples being cut on a cutting board with a bowl of apples in the background.

    How to cut apples when making applesauce

    As with most things in the kitchen, consistency of size is important. If you can make all of your pieces of apple roughly the same size, they'll cook at the same rate.

    For pressure cooking with the Instant Pot, I find that big chunks work just fine. I usually end cutting my apples into roughly a 2-inch dice.

    When cooking with the slow cooker the heat doesn't get as intense, so I prefer to thinly slice the apples to ensure that they cook fully.

    Our favorite way to thinly slice apples is with an apple machine that we bought many years ago when we first went apple picking. I thought it looked kind of ridiculous, but my husband said it was going to make life way easier when dealing with an entire bushel of apples.

    Boy was he right - you can peel, slice, and/or core apples very easily by cranking the handle of the machine. The slices are perfectly even, and it makes quick work of a potentially daunting task.

    And my son loves using it, too! I'm a fan of anything that encourages kids to help out in the kitchen. I came across a photo of him using it (back in 2015!) over on Instagram so you can see the apple machine in action:

    https://www.instagram.com/p/8wHFc8yXWl/

    Removing the core of an apple is easy, and there are a lot of ways you can go about it. Many people use an apple corer tool. An apple slicer is another way to core an apple, and it also slices it at the same time.

    I tend to just use a chef's knife to cut around each side of the apple, leaving a rectangular piece of apple core on my cutting board. I then cut the pieces of apple into chunks or slices, depending on which method I plan to use to make my applesauce.

    Instant Pot applesauce comes together so quickly that it's my go-to method.

    Mulling spices on a plate in front of a bowl of apples.

    Why you should use a sachet

    A sachet is really just a fancy way of saying a bundle of ingredients. The reason it can be helpful to put these ingredients together in a sachet is that it can be easily removed later on.

    So, for instance, with this recipe, there are some small (but potent!) spices that need to cook in with the apples. They need to be removed before blending everything together.

    I tend to use a sachet for small herbs, spices, and aromatics that may be tricky to find and "fish out" later on.

    In this applesauce recipe, I leave the cinnamon sticks with the apples since they're easy to spot and remove after cooking. If I was using a large enough sachet, I'd put the cinnamon sticks in there, too.

    Whole spices in a tea ball for infusing mulled cider applesauce.

    I place the other whole mulling spices (in this case that's the whole cloves, black peppercorns, star anise, green cardamom pod, and orange zest.

    I like using a metal tea ball for making herb and spice sachets. The fact that it's reusable is a huge plus for me. I'm always looking for ways to reduce kitchen waste.

    A tea ball being used as a sachet to add spices to a pot of apples for homemade applesauce.

    I like this particular tea ball because it doesn't take up a lot of room. It opens easily and has a fine mesh.

    And when I'm using it for making tea, the little hook/chain makes it super easy to retrieve.

    You can also use cheesecloth and kitchen twine to make your own sachet. There's a great tutorial for how to make a sachet over on Culinary Hill.

    Instant Pot with homemade applesauce ready to be pureed.

    If you're not up for making your own, there are also reusable drawstring cotton bags available. They can be used for herb sachets, tea, and more.

    Once your apples are done cooking, simply remove your sachet and blend to your desired texture.

    Immersion blender ready to puree homeade applesauce in an Instant Pot.

    How to adjust the texture of your applesauce

    My favorite method for making homemade applesauce is to throw everything into my Instant Pot. I'll then use my immersion blender to purée it all together right in the insert.

    You can also use a regular blender or food processor to purée everything together.

    And if you'd rather go the manual route, you can simply whisk everything together with a balloon whisk. Or mash it up with a potato masher, or even a fork.

    An immersion blender pureeing homemade applesauce in an Instant Pot.

    When it comes to the texture of your final applesauce, remember that you can always purée it more. You can't un-purée it if you've blended it too much.

    There are some tricks for thickening it up if you've gone too far but I prefer slowly puréeing instead.

    I like to start slow and pulse the immersion blender instead of running it constantly. This allows me to achieve a chunkier texture when desired. The longer you purée, the smoother your Instant Pot applesauce will be.

    You can also split the applesauce into two containers. Purée some of it until it's really smooth and then mash up the remainder to a chunkier texture. Those two can even be mixed together!

    Or divide it and have both types from your single batch of applesauce. This recipe makes enough for several servings of both!

    A small bowl of homemade apple sauce with mulling spices, apples, and jars of applesauce.

    Looking for more Instant Pot recipes? Check out some of our favorites:

    • Instant Pot Tomato Beef Pasta
    • Instant Pot Braised Lamb Shanks with Tomato
    • Instant Pot Herbed Pot Roast
    • Instant Pot Persian Beef and Celery Stew (Khoreshe Karafs)
    • Instant Pot Mashed Potatoes
    • Instant Pot Beef Goulash
    • Instant Pot "Baked" Beans
    • Waffle Pulled Pork Eggs Benedict
    • Instant Pot Chicken, Bacon, and Potato Soup
    • Chicken Quesadillas with Chipotle Ranch Dip
    • Instant Pot French Dip Sandwiches
    • Instant Pot Spiced Cranberry Sauce with Bourbon

    Doing some online shopping?  Check out my Amazon Shop page for recommendations!

    Recipe for Easy Mulled Cider Applesauce (Instant Pot or Slow Cooker)

    If you try out this recipe, please come back and give it a star rating and comment below. It helps other people find my recipes, and I'd love to know what you think of it!

    14 Favorite Recipes to Celebrate 14 Years of Big Flavors

    August 1, 2020 by Ashley 1 Comment

    Text reads, "14 Favorite Recipes on Big Flavors".

    Big Flavors from a Tiny Kitchen has grown so much since it started in 2006. Let's celebrate by revisiting our favorite recipes from the past 14 years!

    14 Favorite Recipes to Celebrate 14 Years of Big Flavors

    If you would have asked me back in 2006 if I'd be creating recipes, writing about and photographing food for a living, I would have thought you were crazy.

    Back in 2006, I was engaged to be married, working a full-time graphic design job for a national non-profit organization, and I was bored.

    My creative job just wasn't feeling too creative, and I needed a way to express my creativity. So I figured hey, we have to eat... why not try to make it look pretty?

    So I started taking photos of the meals I cooked and posted them online to share with my friends and family.

    Food blogging wasn't really a "thing" yet, but it was exactly the side project that I needed to unwind after a long day in the office.

    Fast forward 14 years and here we are. I've moved Big Flavors from a little thing I did for fun into a full-fledged business that I love beyond words.

    Photos of pancakes, sloppy joe sandwiches, chicken fajitas, and falafel in pita

    When I asked fans of the Big Flavors Facebook page how I should celebrate my 14 year "blogiversary", I got a lot of fun ideas.

    Yes, many of them included people asking me to bake and/or make a cheeseboard for them (love you all!!). But one idea really stood out to me as a fun, different way to celebrate this year.

    Shoutout to Robyn who suggested that I share a favorite recipe from each of the 14 years that I've been writing about food.

    This was such a fun idea, so I jumped to the daunting task of sifting through the thousands of posts here on Big Flavors from a Tiny Kitchen to pick favorites.

    It was beyond difficult to whittle down allllll of my favorites to just one per year. I'm definitely going to add in a few extra notable posts occasionally, but for the most part, here are 14 of my very favorite posts from 14 years of food blogging.

    I have a few quick notes to keep in mind while you're reading these old posts. When I started Big Flavors (formerly called "Chopaholic"), I was getting comfortable in the kitchen. I cooked other people's recipes, crediting them always, and posted my results.

    I also used to post the same recipe (with new notes) every time I cooked it. We used to rate things on a scale of 1 to 5 stars. You'll see this in some of my older posts.

    Some of the posts on this list are ones that I'm working on updating. Some have already been updated since their original post date.

    The most noticeable differences in updated posts are the photos and the recipe card and clarity of instructions.

    If you ever want to know if a post here is from back before I had a proper photography setup, just look for the window or blinds in the background of the photos.

    I have grown a lot personally and professionally over the last 14 years. As always, I appreciate all of your support, questions, comments, and encouragement!

    And now, without further ado...

    14 Favorite Recipes to Celebrate 14 Years of Big Flavors

    Sloppy Joe sandwich with pickles and sweet potato fries

    2006: Our Favorite Sloppy Joe Sandwiches

    The very first post to ever appear on Big Flavors was for Sloppy Joe Sandwiches. This recipe is an updated version of one of the meals my mom used to make when I was a kid, and it's a total comfort food favorite.

    If you head over to the post, you'll even get a peek at the first few photos I took of this messy sandwich.

    Molasses sandwich cookies with holiday decorations behind them

    2007: Molasses Sandwich Cookies

    These soft, chewy cookies were a favorite of ours for many years. I even made them when we first met with our Supper Club back in 2007. The cookies were a hit, and we're still cooking up a storm with our Supper Club 13 years later!

    Overhead view of dishes of Instant Pot Tomato Beef Pasta with serving dishes with Parmesan cheese and a tray of garlic bread in the background.

    2008: Tomato Beef Pasta

    OK... so I put a newer photo here for this recipe. That's because I have since tweaked the recipe and made it doable in the Instant Pot! But if you're doing it on the stovetop, you can still refer to that old post (and it's seriously outdated photos!).

    This is another dish that my mom used to make a lot, and it's one of those magical dishes that gets even better after it sits in the fridge overnight.

    I like serving this pasta dish with my favorite garlic bread.

    French dip sandwich with au jus

    2009: Slow-Cooker French Dips

    This is another recipe that I've since Instant Pot-ified (and you can get that version of the recipe here!). It's delicious made either way, and it's one that I crave often!

    There's just something about a sandwich that's assembled on top of garlic bread and topped with melted cheese that makes me happy. A good dunk in the au jus seals the deal for this family favorite!

    A plate of Turdilli & Chinudille Italian Christmas cookies

    2010: Turdilli & Chinudille

    These cookies have been a specialty that my Italian in-laws have been making for many years now. Up until my father-in-law passed away, we had him and his brother come to our kitchen to make "the cookies" together, complete with lots of laughs and more than a little wine.

    These cookies aren't overly sweet, they go beautifully with a hot cup of tea, and they last for quite a while in an airtight container.

    Family making Turdilli & Chinudille together

    I came across this photo while digging through posts... 3 generations of Covelli men making these cookies together. It just makes my heart so happy!!

    2010 was also the year that birthed my Supper Club's annual "pizza night", and also the year that we remodeled our (still tiny) kitchen.

    Eggplant and Manchego Grilled Cheese Sandwiches

    2011: Eggplant and Manchego Grilled Cheese Sandwiches

    This recipe is one that my husband and I worked on after having a dish very much like it at a (now closed) restaurant in White Plains, NY. It’s like a grilled cheese made with fried eggplant, manchego cheese, and drizzled with honey and truffle oil.

    Bowl of colorful chopped bell peppers and onions.

    2012: Brazilian Bell Pepper and Onion Vinaigrette

    One of our favorite, colorful side dishes, especially in the summertime! My father-in-law and I picked up this dish from some Brazilian hang glider and paraglider pilots upstate at his brother’s flight park a few years back.

    It’s super simple and delicious, as long as you enjoy raw onions and peppers.

    2 plates with slices of baby spinach and cheddar quiche

    2013: Baby Spinach and Cheddar Quiche

    My husband loooooves quiche, and this is one of his favorites! It's easy to assemble, too. It's an incredibly fluffy and delicious way to have breakfast in pie form!

    2013 was also the year that I moved to a self-hosted site with my own domain.

    Falafel with Yogurt-Herb Sauce

    2014: Falafel with Yogurt-Herb Sauce

    This is hands-down my all-time favorite falafel recipe. It has inspired me to make a lot of other recipes with falafel flavors, like Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbreads, Cucumber Bites, and Chickpea Salad with Tahini-Lemon Vinaigrette.

    You can be sure that there are more falafel recipes coming to Big Flavors in the future!

    Garlicky Goat Cheese + Herb Stuffed Peppadews

    2015: Garlicky Goat Cheese + Herb Stuffed Peppadews

    OMG let me tell you - these little bite-sized goodies get rave reviews every time I make them. They're perfect for an appetizer spread or cheese board, they're easy to prepare, and they can be made in advance. It's a win/win/win!

    Spicy Shrimp + Napa Cabbage Stir-Fry

    I would be remiss not to also mention my Spicy Shrimp + Napa Cabbage Stir-Fry for 2015. This recipe is beyond delicious, and it has been a resounding success over on Pinterest.

    I actually have new photos that I shot when I made this on Facebook LIVE a while back, but I have yet to update the post. It's on my list - pinky promise!

    Persian Malbec Lamb Burgers with Mast-o-Khiar and Pomegranate Tomato Jam

    2016: Persian Malbec Lamb Burgers with Mast-o-Khiar and Pomegranate Tomato Jam

    This recipe holds a special place in my heart because it was a challenge given to me by Adam Richman at an event I attended in NYC. Red wine deepens the flavors in both the burgers and jam in this Middle Eastern spin on Adam Richman's Malbec Burger recipe.

    He even gave it his stamp of approval:

    I bow to your greatness... https://t.co/4mrMTtzjZd

    - Adam Richman (@AdamRichman) February 11, 2016

    Pouring syrup onto a stack of buttermilk pancakes

    2017: Our Favorite Buttermilk Pancakes

    My husband loves making breakfast on the weekend, and these pancakes are some of our very favorites! They're light, airy, and absolutely DELICIOUS!

    A cast iron skillet filled with chicken fajitas with tortillas and garnishes alongside.

    2018: Our Favorite Chicken Fajitas

    This is by far one of the most requested meals in my house! Taking the time to caramelize the onions in a cast-iron skillet really takes these to the next level.

    If steak is more your style, I also have a recipe for Our Favorite Steak Fajitas that is phenomenal! Both of these recipes are fabulous served with chips and this 5-minute homemade restaurant-style guacamole.

    One other post from 2018 that I'm super proud of is my post on 30 Tips for Reducing Kitchen Waste. I'm working on a major overhaul of that post that will put that number way over 30 and I'm excited to get it fully updated!

    2 bowls of beef stew with bread and butter.

    2019: Grandpa Henderson's Beef Stew

    Me and my grandpa had a really special bond. This is my version of his beef stew, and it's been a family favorite for many years. I've gotten a ton of great reader feedback on this beef stew recipe. It's nice to know that people all over the world are enjoying my family's recipes!

    Pouring milk from a pitcher into a glass of homemade cold brew coffee.

    2020: Easy Homemade Cold Brew Coffee Recipe + Tips for Success

    This post was such a labor of love. My husband and I spent a lot of time perfecting our home cold brew coffee process, and I wanted to be sure to answer all of the questions people may have when making it themselves.

    It's one of the most thorough posts I've written, and I've received lots of great feedback on it.

    Craving more? Check out how I celebrated past blogiversaries:

    • 2011 - Turning 5: Chinese Five Spice Crusted Tofu over Fried Rice
    • 2012 - Big Flavors Turns 6! Quinoa Mexi 6 Layer Casserole
    • 2013 - Big Flavors Turns 7!
    • 2014 - Big Flavors Turns 8 + Reader Favorites
    • 2015 - Big Flavors Turns 9 + Reader Favorites
    • 2016 - A Decade of Big Flavors
    • 2017 - Tropical Superfruit Smoothie Bowl
    • 2018 - 12 Most Popular Recipes on Big Flavors
    • 2019 - 13 Things I've Learned in 13 Years of Food Blogging

    Roasted Lemon-Rosemary Chicken & Cauliflower

    July 26, 2020 by Ashley 3 Comments

    Baking dish filled with Roasted Lemon-Rosemary Chicken & Cauliflower

    A super simple sauce takes this flavorful one-pan keto roasted lemon-rosemary chicken & cauliflower recipe to the next level. Perfect for busy weeknights!

    Baking dish filled with Roasted Lemon-Rosemary Chicken & Cauliflower

    When you've been writing about food for as long as I have, you befriend quite a few food bloggers. And if you're lucky, you befriend ones that do some really cool stuff, like write their own cookbooks!

    Kristy Bernardo is one such friend. She's been writing about food over at The Wicked Noodle since 2009 and I'm beyond excited to finally share a recipe from her latest cookbook, Weeknight Keto.

    Weeknight Keto Cookbook by Kristy Bernardo

    I'll confess - I've been holding out on getting this post up for a while now. She had a review copy of the book sent to me before it came out, but we were in the middle of some home renovations at the time.

    And then life got intense for a while, but here we are, still kicking, ready to share!

    I'm very familiar with the keto diet since my husband did keto for about a year a while back. I also have a good friend who has been doing keto for quite some time now.

    I enjoy cooking for my loved ones, so I'm always on the lookout for solid recipes to fit their dietary restrictions.

    Bonus points for recipes that those of us who aren't on a restricted diet can enjoy, too.

    Cup of coffee and a page of the Weeknight Keto cookbook

    Weeknight Keto has so many solid recipes in it, and knowing Kristy, these recipes have been tested over and over so you know you'll have success with them in your own kitchen.

    There are 75 low-carb recipes in this cookbook - there's something for everyone.

    The sections in the Weeknight Keto cookbook are:

    • Delicious 30-Minute Dinners
    • Classic Carb Favorites Made Keto
    • Light & Fresh Keto Dishes
    • One-Pot Meals
    • Scrumptious Soups & Salads
    • Tasty & Tempting Side Dishes
    • Sweet Keto Bites
    • Pantry Staples
    Plate of keto lemon-rosemary chicken next to a baking dish

    Making Roasted Lemon-Rosemary Chicken & Cauliflower

    I chose this particular keto recipe as the first to try because it met a lot of very important criteria for me. Namely, it was a one-pan comfort food dish with minimal ingredients.

    And those few ingredients included garlic, lemon, and capers. That's basically my love language.

    Nothing beats a quick and easy weeknight dinner, and this keto chicken recipe seriously fits the bill.

    I gathered my ingredients, grabbed a 13x9-inch baking dish, and began the super simple task of dinner prep.

    Ingredients for a keto roasted lemon-rosemary chicken & cauliflower recipe

    A quick note on capers

    I want to take a moment to share a quick note about capers.

    The type of capers I buy are non-pareil capers in brine. They're small, delicate, and absolutely delicious!

    There are also larger capers, but they aren't marked "non-pareil". Caper berries are larger yet and include a stem. They are also sometimes packed in salt instead of brine, and the flavor of that type of caper is very different from a brine-packed caper.

    Cooking Light has a good article on non-pareil capers.

    The bottom line is that capers are sold by size. The smaller the caper, the more delicate in texture and flavor it is. The smallest of capers, which measures under 7mm, is considered "non-pareil" (pronounced ,nän-pə-ˈrel). Translated from French, "has no equal."

    There's also an extensive article on capers and caper berries 101 over on The City Cook.

    I learned about these differences the hard way many years ago when I used salt-cured capers where I should have used the brined ones. I figured I'd share the info here to help prevent any of you from accidentally getting a salt bomb that could potentially ruin your dinner.

    On a related note, if you have any favorite ways to use for the salt-cured capers, I'd love to hear about them in the comments below! I'm not sure I've found the right way to enjoy them quite yet.

    Bowl with a mix of garlic, rosemary, and olive oil

    The sauce

    The sauce for this keto chicken and cauliflower dish couldn't be simpler. Just oil, lemon juice and zest, garlic, rosemary, and capers.

    This combination would be great over things other than chicken, too. I think it would work beautifully on shrimp, scallops, or flaky fish like cod or halibut.

    If you do opt for a protein that takes less cooking time than chicken, I'd recommend mincing or grating the garlic instead of leaving the cloves whole. That way it'll melt down into the sauce since whole cloves won't get cooked through with a reduced cooking time.

    Spoon lifting a mixture of garlic, rosemary, and olive oil from a bowl

    And if you aren't doing keto, I highly recommend dipping a big chunk of crusty bread into the pan drippings from this dish after it comes out of the oven.

    It soaks up all of the flavors and is extra delicious with one of the cloves of roasted garlic smeared into it.

    YUM.

    Chicken thighs being seasoned with salt and pepper

    But I digress... back to the chicken.

    Once your sauce is mixed together, arrange the chicken and cauliflower into your baking dish in a single layer (or as close to a single layer as you can manage.

    Drizzling rosemary lemon garlic oil over chicken thighs and cauliflower

    Season it with salt and pepper, then drizzle the sauce over top.

    Once everything is coated, pop it into the oven for about an hour.

    You want the chicken to be cooked through and the cauliflower to be tender.

    Chicken thighs and cauliflower with lemon rosemary garlic oil ready for the oven

    Cooking temperatures for chicken thighs

    The chicken thighs should be cooked to an internal temperature of 165°F.

    I like to use an instant-read thermometer to check on the temperature for things like meat - especially when it comes to chicken.

    Just press the probe into the center of one of the chicken thighs (I usually test the largest one) to see if it's reached the proper temperature.

    If it's a little under, give it another few minutes in the oven. If it's over, it will most likely still be fine. Chicken thighs are a lot less likely to dry out from overcooking than chicken breast meat.

    A baked tray of keto Roasted Lemon-Rosemary Chicken & Cauliflower

    I garnished the finished roasted chicken with a little extra fresh rosemary and some lemon wedges when it came out of the oven.

    This keto chicken and cauliflower recipe was so simple to put together, and my whole family absolutely loved it!

    We especially loved the caramelized garlic.

    A plate of Roasted Lemon-Rosemary Chicken & Cauliflower with a fork

    The chicken was super tender and leftovers reheated well. It really hit all the right notes for us!

    I think it would be fun to play with the herbs a bit the next time I make this recipe. Maybe some fresh time or oregano, or even a mix of herbs would work well.

    We may even go crazy and try it with orange juice instead of lemon some time.

    And if you aren't doing keto and/or aren't worried about carbs, this dish would be glorious with some baby potatoes instead of (or in addition to) the cauliflower.

    Maybe even some grape tomatoes... I'm gonna need a bigger roasting pan. HA!

    A fork with a bite of Roasted Lemon-Rosemary Chicken

    This recipe is one that's easy enough for a busy weekday but also elegant enough to serve for company.

    It would be lovely paired with a nice starter salad and a crisp glass of white wine.

    Thanks again to Kristy and her team for sending over a review copy of this cookbook. I had a lot of fun with it, and am looking forward to cooking from it again and again.

    A plate of Roasted Lemon-Rosemary Chicken & Cauliflower in front of the Weeknight Keto cookbook

    Keep an eye out for Kristy's next cookbook - it's gonna be a good one!

    What are your favorite weeknight meals? I'd love to hear about them in the comments section below!

    Looking for more one-pan recipes? Check out some of our favorites:

    • Skillet Lasagna with Lamb, Ricotta + Mint
    • Broiler Kebab Sheet Pan Meal
    • Spanish Chicken + Sausage Skillet
    • Pan-Roasted Pork Tenderloin with Balsamic Tomatoes
    • Iron Skillet Chicken + Carrots with Toasted Lager Mustard Sauce
    • Sausage and Peppers
    • Our Favorite Steak Fajitas
    • Single-Skillet Bacon-Rosemary Chicken Thighs with Roasted Tomatoes
    • One Pan Seared Salmon and Spinach with Remoulade
    • Pan Roasted Pork Tenderloin with Fairy Tale Eggplant & Tomatoes
    • Latin-Spiced Pork + Squash Skillet with Chili Lime Cherries
    • Baked Chicken Thighs with Potatoes and Peas
    • Latin Chicken Skillet with Black Beans + Tomatoes

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon Shop page for recommendations!

    Recipe for Roasted Lemon-Rosemary Chicken & Cauliflower

    If you try out this recipe, please come back and give it a star rating and comment below. I'd love to know what you think of it!

    Easy Homemade Cold Brew Coffee Recipe + Tips for Success

    May 2, 2020 by Ashley 4 Comments

    Collage of images showing the steps for making homemade cold brew coffee

    A perfectly brewed, refreshing cup of cold brew coffee is easy to make at home! This DIY guide will save you the time and expense of coffeehouse cold brew.

    Collage of images showing the steps for making homemade cold brew coffee

    There's nothing better on a hot summer day than waking up to a perfectly brewed glass (or 2) of refreshing iced cold brew coffee. And if you make it at home, not only do you save money by skipping trips to the coffee shop, but you don't even need to change out of your pajamas and leave the house!

    A few years ago, I was chatting with the owner of my favorite local coffee shop and asked him if he had any tips for making cold brew coffee at home. I love buying cold brew from his café, but it can be an expensive habit, so I only indulged on occasion.

    He was more than happy to give me some tips for making my own cold brew, and me and my husband have been working on our method and perfecting it ever since.

    And now I'm sharing my tips and tricks with you so you can make and enjoy it in your home, too!

    What exactly is cold brew coffee?

    One of the biggest misconceptions about cold brew coffee is that it's the same thing as iced coffee. It most certainly is not!

    Iced coffee is coffee that has been brewed in a standard way and then chilled. That means that heated water has been used to brew coffee from the ground beans.

    With cold brewing, no heat is applied to the ground coffee in order to turn it into a glorious glass of iced coffee.

    Heat in the coffee brewing process can often bring out a bitterness in coffee. With cold brew, the nuanced flavors of your coffee beans are really able to shine in a way that you just don't get from traditionally brewed coffee.

    Benefits of brewing cold brew coffee at home

    There are so many perks (pun not intended, but I'm now laughing to myself, picturing a coffee percolator) to making your own cold brew coffee at home.

    First of all - it's convenient! You don't need to drive out to your local coffee shop to pick up your daily cup of caffeine.

    You can make it in batches! The ease of waking up and opening the fridge and having a pitcher of delicious cold brew coffee waiting for me is one of my favorite parts of this process.

    We brew a batch about once a week and drink it every single day.

    It's scalable! You can make as little or as much as you like. You only need one cup of water for each ounce of coffee beans that you brew.

    If we had more space, we'd probably make larger quantities, but this 2-quart airtight pitcher is perfect for our current setup.

    The recipe below makes the perfect amount to fill the pitcher.

    A bag of Ethiopian coffee beans for making easy homemade cold brew coffee

    Materials and equipment for brewing cold brew coffee

    You don't need anything too fancy to be able to make cold brew coffee at home, but there are a few things that will make the process go more smoothly.

    1. Coffee beans - a light-to-medium roast. Our current favorite is this Ethiopia Sidamo Guji. There are tons of whole-bean Ethiopian coffee options available online.
    2. A kitchen scale for weighing your beans. These come in handy for so many different kitchen tasks, and weighing out precise amounts of coffee beans is an important part of the cold brew process. We have had this kitchen scale for many, many years now and it's still going strong!
    3. Cold water, preferably filtered. We have this 18 cup Brita water filter and love how compact it is in our refrigerator. It's larger than the pitcher-style that we used to have, so we don't need to refill it as often. (We've been having some water quality issues in my town lately, so we switched over to this pitcher from Clearly Filtered that removes a LOT more stuff from the water, and it's been working out very well.)
    4. A coffee grinder. More on this below, but most people have blade grinders or burr grinders. We upgraded to this Baratza Encore burr grinder several years ago and it was one of the best investments we made in our kitchen. If you don't have a grinder at home, you can have your local coffee shop do it for you.
    5. A big container with a lid for steeping your coffee. We actually use an old stovetop pressure cooker to hold our coffee while it's brewing because it's airtight and I don't use it too often anymore since I bought an Instant Pot.
    6. A filter to strain the solid pieces of beans from your cold brew. You can use cheesecloth over a mesh strainer to do this. I have a hemp bag that I got years ago that we affix to a chinois and strain it that way. There are plenty of reusable filters available online. There are even pitchers that have built-in strainers that look pretty nice, but I haven't personally used any of them yet.
    7. A pitcher to store your cold brew once it moves into the fridge. Again, there are loads of options available in stores and online. We use this 2-quart pitcher and love it.

    What kind of coffee beans are best for cold brew?

    We most often use Ethiopian coffee beans for our homemade cold brew. Here's a great guide Ethiopian coffee, as well one with the history and coffee ceremony in Ethiopia in case you'd like to dive deeper into the world of Ethiopian coffee.

    Ethiopian coffee is usually a light-to-medium roast with a bit of a floral flavor and a decent amount of acidity. The cold brew process really mellows out the acidity and bitterness and leaves you with a smooth as silk cup of coffee!

    You can find Ethiopian coffee beans at many local coffee shops (especially if they roast their own beans!), at the grocery store, or online.

    Of course, you don't have to use Ethiopian beans to make cold brew. I recommend using a light or medium roast, but feel free to try out your favorite beans to see how they fare.

    The key to great cold brew coffee is in the way you grind your beans.

    Coffee beans in a burr grinder to use for making cold brew coffee

    How to grind coffee beans for cold brew

    Cold brew coffee is best when made with very coarsely ground coffee beans. There are a few ways that you can do this, so I'll go over how to best achieve this both at home or from a coffee shop or grocery store.

    Whichever way you do it, try to grind the beans as close to when you're going to brew them as possible.

    One of the best tools you can have in your home coffeehouse arsenal is a good coffee grinder. A few years ago, we upgraded from a blade grinder to a burr grinder and it has seriously changed our home coffee brewing game!

    We have the Baratza Encore Conical Burr Coffee Grinder (pictured above) and it was a very solid investment.

    In fact, when I see coffee shops doing pop-ups at local food events, they often have the very same one! It's pretty small, so it doesn't take up much real estate on our counter, and we use it every single day.

    With a burr grinder, you can control the size of the grind with a dial. That means you can grind beans super fine for espresso, coarser for pour over and drip coffee, and very coarse for cold brew coffee.

    And, as opposed to a blade grinder, with a burr grinder you'll get a consistent grind size for every single bean.

    The Baratza has 40 different settings, and you can play around with them to see which works best for each type of coffee. And while it's a bit of an investment, it costs significantly less than a super high-end espresso machine. When I bought mine, it was a little over $100 and has been a workhorse in our tiny kitchen ever since.

    We set the dial all the way to setting #40 for cold brew. My friend at the coffee shop advised us to grind it as coarsely as possible, and with a burr grinder, that task is super simple.

    Removing a container of freshly ground coffee beans from a burr grinder to make cold brew coffee

    The most inexpensive type of home coffee grinder is a blade grinder. There are many different models to choose from. Prior to buying a burr grinder, we had a KitchenAid blade coffee grinder.

    Blade grinders have a blade inside that spins around quickly to chop up the coffee beans. The longer you hold the button down, the finer the grind size. This method will get the job done, but the grind will be uneven.

    If you're using a blade grinder, grind the beans for about 5-10 seconds for the first batch of cold brew.

    It's all about experimentation when it comes to making this at home - you may need to make a few batches, tweaking your process a bit, until you perfect it for your particular home setup.

    If you don't have a coffee grinder at home (and aren't looking to buy one), you can have it ground for you at your local coffee shop. Ask them to grind your beans coarse. You can also say that you want it ground for a French press, which also takes coarse grinds.

    Lastly, if you buy your beans at a grocery store and don't have a grinder at home, they will often have a grinder there.

    Note that there are a few things to look out for. Grocery stores will often have 2 grinders - one for flavored coffee, and one for non-flavored. Be sure to use the non-flavored one.

    This should mean that nobody else used it to grind hazelnut coffee beans, which would leave oils in the machine that could impact the flavor of your coffee.

    Select the coarsest setting on the grinder (it may be labeled "French press") and grind 'em up!

    Remember, it's always best to use whole beans and to grind them right before you plan to brew your coffee. This goes for all coffee brewing methods, not just cold brew!

    Pouring coarse ground coffee into water for homemade cold brew

    How long to brew cold brew coffee

    The answer here varies depending on the type of beans you're using to brew your cold brew coffee.

    Generally speaking, we brew light roast coffee beans for anywhere between 12 and 24 hours. If you're using a medium roast, you'll want to take them out between 12 and 18 hours or it could end up being too bitter.

    When you go to drink your cold brew coffee, you'll add some cold water to it also, to dilute it a bit, so you can play around with your timing to see what works best to suit your taste preferences.

    We tend to let our coffee steep a bit longer to make our cold brew on the strong side. That way we need to add more water to it when making our daily glasses of coffee. A more concentrated base means we use less of it and more water for each serving, making it last longer for us.

    Be sure that the container you're brewing your cold brew in has a lid. We use an old stovetop pressure cooker to hold our coffee while it's brewing because it's airtight and we don't lose any of the liquid to evaporation. I'm all for using what you already have, especially if you don't have room for more kitchen gadgets.

    Straining a batch of cold brew coffee

    Straining and storing cold brew coffee

    After your cold brew is done steeping, you'll need to strain the ground coffee from the liquid. As I mentioned above, there are all sorts of tools and gadgets available to help you with this task.

    Our setup is one that we came up with to use things that we already had on hand at home. We line a large, conical strainer with a hemp bag. The bag is to add a layer of finer filtration to the strainer. You could use a few layers of cheesecloth if you have that on hand.

    Some people use coffee filters, but I find that those are super slow and a bit frustrating to work with for large quantities of coffee. If I had room, I'd buy something like this container with a built-in strainer.

    Make sure you put a container underneath your strainer to actually catch the coffee you're straining! I can't tell you how many people I've seen forget to do this with cold brew or homemade stock and they're super disappointed when all their hard work goes right down the drain!

    We put an 8-cup glass measuring cup underneath our strainer to catch the coffee. The pitcher that we store it in is really narrow on top, so this makes pouring it into the pitcher much easier.

    Once it's all filtered and we've squeezed the remaining water from our coffee grinds, we seal the pitcher and stash it in the fridge.

    Pitcher of cold brew coffee with cream and simple syrup alongside

    Serving cold brew coffee

    Grab a glass or mason jar, some ice cubes, and a metal straw if you're feelin' fancy and get ready to enjoy the fruits of your labor!

    Each batch of cold brew may vary slightly. You'll need to dilute it anywhere from just a little bit to halfway with water.

    Pour a splash of your cold brew over ice and taste it straight. From there you can determine how much water to add to get the strength to your liking. Generally speaking, we serve a shorter brew with ¾ coffee and ¼ water, and a longer brew ½ coffee ½ water.

    When my husband commutes to work, he fills up his steel insulated coffee cup with cold brew and it stays cold for hours! He likes to savor it all morning until lunchtime, and it does a great job of keeping his beverage nicely chilled.

    Pouring cold brew coffee into a glass of ice water

    Can you heat up cold brew coffee?

    Yes! And I highly recommend trying it!

    I know it sounds counterintuitive since it's brewed cold. But if you gently heat it up on the stovetop in a small saucepan or Turkish coffee warmer, you're rewarded with a super smooth, piping hot cup of coffee.

    Since the coffee beans are no longer in the coffee, there's no additional bitterness that will come from heating it up. Just the smooth, almost sweet coffee flavor of cold brew, just served warm.

    I was pleasantly surprised at how different the flavor was versus a standard cup of hot coffee.

    How to sweeten cold brew coffee

    Cold brew coffee is what converted me into a black coffee drinker. I used to always add a little milk and sugar to my coffee. It was just too bitter without anything extra in my opinion.

    But since we started with this brewing method, I was able to enjoy it without any additives. And after growing accustomed to drinking that coffee black, I was slowly able to wean myself off of adding any milk or sugar to my hot coffee, too.

    If you're looking for something a little sweeter, you can most certainly jazz up your cold brew.

    Since it's not w warm beverage, sugar won't dissolve easily into a glass of cold brew coffee. Your best bet is to use a liquid sweetener.

    Our favorite liquid sweetener is simple syrup. We make a batch and store it in a bottle in our fridge and use it when needed. It's great for mixing cocktails, too!

    A glass of cold brew coffee along with the pitcher, milk, and sweetener

    To make simple syrup, just add equal parts granulated sugar and water to a saucepan and simmer it until the sugar dissolves. Let it cool completely, then store it in a closed container in the fridge.

    We like storing simple syrup in a bottle with a pour spout to make using it easier.

    You can also buy flavored syrups to add to your cold brew coffee if you want a little extra flavor boost. We usually keep a bottle of sugar-free vanilla syrup on hand for any low-carb/keto coffee and cocktail drinkers who happen to be hanging out.

    The syrups are great for coffee, cocktails, and homemade soda!

    Pouring milk from a pitcher into a glass of homemade cold brew coffee.

    Feeling suddenly parched? Here are some of our favorite beverage recipes:

    • The Grace Lane Graduate
    • Cucumber Moscow Mule
    • Mom & Tot Creamsicle Smoothies
    • Wine-Beyond-the-Wall (or, Wine-ter is Coming)
    • Cucumber Gin Elderflower Smash
    • DM Old Fashioned
    • Carrot Apple Ginger Refresher
    • The Aztec
    • DM Espresso Martini
    • Bourbon Rouge
    • Chile Libre
    • Ruby Radiance Juice
    • DM Bloody Mary
    • The Herbalist
    • Hot Hot Hot Chocolate
    • Rooster Shots
    • Antipasto Bloody Mary
    A glass of cold brew coffee with a pitcher, milk, and sweetener alongside.

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon Shop page for recommendations! I even have a whole section of my shop specifically dedicated to setting up a Home Café!

    Recipe for Easy Homemade Cold Brew Coffee

    If you try out this recipe, please come back and give it a star rating and comment below. I'd love to know what you think of it!

    Stay Strong Westchester

    April 13, 2020 by Ashley Leave a Comment

    Notebook with #StayStrongWestchester written inside

    Today's post is a little different from the usual content I post here on Big Flavors. I was asked to take part in a campaign called #StayStrongWestchester to share a bit about what my family is doing to stay safe in Westchester County, NY during this unique time.

    Notebook with #StayStrongWestchester written inside

    How's everyone doing? It's been an interesting few weeks, to say the least. With a second-grader at home who needs daily help to navigate remote schoolwork, cancelations of travel and event plans, wonky work schedules, social distancing, and trying to keep everyone fed, healthy, and happy... it's been a whirlwind.

    Although I will say that a silver lining is that we have more opportunities than before to play games at home as a family.

    We are hanging in there and doing what we can to get used to our new normal for the time being. We've been staying home, having pajama day every Friday, and taking daily walks in our neighborhood away from other people to get some fresh air and exercise.

    We've also been playing lots of video games, not that it's too out of the ordinary for us. Animal Crossing: New Horizons came out recently for the Nintendo Switch, and I'm loving it!

    My son has been all about playing Fortnite and Minecraft with his friends, and I'm thankful that they get to play together even though they can't hang out in person right now. And thank goodness for wireless gaming headsets - we upgraded ours recently and are loving it!

    I recently finished Pokémon Shield, and also play a lot of Just Dance 2019 and Ring Fit Adventure to help keep active inside the house.

    It's been tricky, but we've been managing. Luckily I've been working from my home office for many years now, so that part wasn't an adjustment for me. And thankfully I keep my bullet journal handy to keep my ever-growing and ever-changing to-do lists in some sort of order.

    Ashley Covelli holding a notebook with #StayStrongWestchester written inside

    One thing that's been incredibly important during this time has been to support our favorite local small businesses. Many of these places are run by families that we've known for several years now, and we've been doing our part to help support them through this difficult season.

    Whether it's through ordering delivery or curbside pick-up or making sure our elderly neighbors are getting the food and supplies that they need without having to go out to the store, it's more important now than ever to go out of your way to help others.

    The amount of shuffling and reconfiguring that business are doing to keep up with the changes to daily life right now is mind-boggling. So hats off to them for pressing on and not being afraid to try out new things.

    I've found that the best way to keep up with the ever-changing offerings and hours of many small businesses is to check out their social media updates. I've been doing my best to share some of those updates over on my Instagram stories.

    Eclectic small businesses like these are part of what makes Westchester County so unique. I feel incredibly fortunate to live here after growing up in the Midwest. There is so much variety all within a few miles of my home (not to mention those scenic Hudson River views)!

     

     
     
     
     
     
    View this post on Instagram
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

     

    A post shared by Ashley Covelli (@bigflavors) on Jun 24, 2017 at 9:29am PDT

    As a resident (and total fangirl) of Ossining, NY since 2005, I have fallen in love with many small businesses here and in the surrounding towns. Below are some of my favorite food and beverage places that have been adapting to the times and offering many wonderful, delicious things to the public:

      • Aji Limo Peruvian Cuisine in Ossining, NY - Awesome Peruvian food. The chicken with green sauce is amazing! Great prices on half or whole chicken with generously portioned sides - you can feed your whole family and still have leftovers for tomorrow.
      • Bridgeview Tavern in Sleepy Hollow, NY - Delicious burgers and wings, innovative specials menu, delicious cocktails, and a huge variety of craft beer on tap. Last I checked they can even do growlers to go!
      • The Blue Pig in Croton-on-Hudson, NY - This is by far my favorite local ice cream shop. They have lots of delicious flavors that utilize locally sourced ingredients. Their coffee flavors use coffee beans from a fantastic local coffee roaster, The Black Cow Coffee Company, which is right around the corner from the ice cream shop. The Blue Pig has been offering hand-packed pints, and they share the lists of available flavors on social media so you can be prepared to order.
      • Brother's Fish & Chips in Ossining, NY - My favorite hometown restaurant! Chef Elmer Oliveros is one of the most creative culinary minds I have ever encountered. His food is fresh, flavorful, inventive, and insanely delicious! The fish & chips is always a good call, the ceviche is superb, the paella is out of this world, and he makes the best fish tacos ever. They also have a selection of beer, wine, & cocktails.

     

     
     
     
     
     
    View this post on Instagram
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

     

    A post shared by Ashley Covelli (@bigflavors) on Dec 7, 2017 at 4:54pm PST

      • Chilmark Wine & Spirits in Briarcliff Manor, NY - This liquor store is such a gem. Fran will get to know your tastes and preferences and can recommend the perfect bottle for to meet your needs and price point. Me and my husband have been supporting Chilmark for many years now, and it's our local go-to for stocking our home bar for happy hour!
      • DD's Diner in Ossining, NY - DD's is one of our favorite local spots. They have both classic and more upscale diner food and large portions. I can almost always make 2-3 meals out of one order there. My son loves their chicken fingers & fries, my husband digs the fried poached eggs, and my go-to is the broiled salmon. And their homemade ranch dressing is insanely delicious!
      • Dylan's Wine Cellar in Peekskill, NY - Another favorite liquor store, though it's a little bit of a drive from Ossining. This cozy shop has a great selection for such a small space, and they have a lot of specialty bottles.

     

     
     
     
     
     
    View this post on Instagram
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

     

    A post shared by Ashley Covelli (@bigflavors) on Dec 31, 2017 at 7:38pm PST

      • First Village Coffee in Ossining, NY - Man, do I miss being able to hang out at my favorite local coffee shop. But they're still offering their baked goods, including plenty of vegan options, beverages, and a variety of coffee beans to keep you caffeinated at home.
      • Goosefeather in Tarrytown, NY - We went to this upscale Chinese restaurant by Chef Dale Talde for a date night earlier this year. It was elegant dim sum at its finest. I couldn't even begin to pick a favorite menu item, but a few of the standouts were the pork & black truffle wontons, kung pao chicken wings, and warm coconut cake. The cocktail menu was also phenomenal.
      • Mariachi Mexico in Armonk, NY - If you want some seriously delicious traditional Mexican food with a bit of NY flair, this is your spot! The food at Mariachi Mexico is made with love, the flavors are rich and delicious, and the specials are inventive and use lots of local ingredients. The cocktail menu is awesome, and Chef Joana Herrera is one of the most passionate chefs I've met.

     

     
     
     
     
     
    View this post on Instagram
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

     

    A post shared by Ashley Covelli (@bigflavors) on Dec 7, 2017 at 1:32pm PST

      • Melike Turkish Cuisine in Ossining, NY - Outrageously delicious Middle Eastern food right here in Ossining. We like to order the mixed cold appetizer plate and the large mixed grill platter to get a nice variety of appetizers and delicious grilled meat. Their hummus is outstanding!

      • Second Mouse Cheese Shop in Pleasantville, NY - Owner Ivy and her team are true cheese experts! I fell in love with this cheese shop at a cheese class last year, and have come to depend on their knowledge and variety of all things cheese over the past several months. They have everything you need to build a rockin' cheeseboard. They sell a wide range of charcuterie, crackers, jams, and other accompaniments. They can build a board for you, or you can stock up to make your own.

      • The TaSH Farmers Market in Tarrytown, NY - This is one of the local farmers markets that I've shopped at for many years now. I just saw today that they're launching a drive-thru, contactless, pre-order only version of their market on April 18th. I'm excited to see how this works out because I'd love to be able to support more local farms while still observing safe social distancing practices. **Updated to add that I went to the opening week and it was WONDERFUL. This week there are even more vendors available. I really appreciate everyone who is working so hard to get farm-fresh food to locals in a safe way.**




       



       


       

       



       

       


      View this post on Instagram


       



       

       

       



       

       



       

       

       




       

       


       


      A post shared by Ashley Covelli (@bigflavors) on Jul 1, 2017 at 11:44am PDT




      The current economic climate is especially tough on small businesses, and they need our support now more than ever. Share the love, and we'll all get through this together. Stay safe and healthy out there, everyone!Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon Shop page for recommendations! The links below are some of the things we've been using most often since we've been home-bound for the most part. Happy shopping!

    23 Ways to Use Canned Beans

    March 14, 2020 by Ashley 1 Comment

    23 Ways to Use Canned Beans

    Make the most of the canned beans in your pantry with this list of 23 of our favorite recipes using canned chickpeas, white beans, black beans, and more!

    23 Ways to Use Canned Beans

    I've been working on cooking from my freezer and pantry a lot more often over the last few months. It's been so rewarding to make some progress on clearing out space in my kitchen.

    It also feels good to be using up things that may potentially go to waste otherwise.

    C'mon... we've all been in that position where you're digging around for a can of beans or broth or something and came across something that expired yeeeears ago.

    But no more! I've been making a concerted effort to reduce food waste, as well as just waste in general. (Psst: check out my post on 30 Tips for Reducing Kitchen Waste for more on that front!)

    Overhead view of bowls of Spicy Turkey Three-Bean Chili with toppings and cornbread alongside.

    In light of the current worldwide health news, I know that many of you will be looking for ways to use items that you have hanging around in your pantry. And what pantry doesn't have an assortment of canned beans?

    My hope with this roundup of canned bean recipes is that you can find some inspiration for ways to keep your meals interesting over the next few weeks. Canned food doesn't have to be boring! You can mix canned and fresh items to make some really delicious meals.

    Aside from recipes, I love using canned beans to round out a meal or make a quick salad to go with whatever we're eating. I'll often crack open a can of beans (white beans and chickpeas are 2 of my go-to's for this), rinse and drain them, and toss them with whatever fresh veggies and herbs I have on hand. Drizzle on some olive oil and vinegar, season with salt and pepper, and you have a great, protein-packed addition to your meal.

    Overhead view of a dish of Cucumber & Cannellini Bean Salad with Dill

    Or just toss that together and serve over lettuce for a fantastic salad. It really is that simple!

    And if you're looking for more pantry-stocking inspiration, check out my Pantry Favorites list over on Amazon.

    Without further ado, here are 23 of our favorite recipes using canned beans. If you have favorite ways to use canned beans that aren't on this list, please leave a comment below!

    23 Ways to Use Canned Beans

    • 3 Bean Salad: Green beans, wax beans, and kidney beans mixed in a sweet-and-tangy vinaigrette. Reminds me of the salad bar at a Brazilian BBQ restaurant!
    • Avocado Mango Lime Chickpea Salad: Channel warmer weather with this super simple, bright, tropical salad.
    • Buffalo Chickpea Dip: Two of the most in-demand game day snacks have to be Buffalo wings and hummus. But why pick between spicy and smooth when you can have the best of both worlds?
    • Creamy Cucumber, Avocado, Chickpea, & Sun-Dried Tomato Salad: Make the most of ripe avocados with this super simple, quick, protein-packed salad.
    • Cucumber & Cannellini Bean Salad with Dill: Mix together 6 ingredients in just minutes with this easy no-cook bean salad recipe. Perfect for summer evenings when you don't want to heat up the kitchen!
    Overhead view of a sheet pan with Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbread on top surrounded by garnishes.
    • Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Flatbreads: Naan is covered in garlicky tzatziki sauce, Middle Eastern-spiced chickpeas, tahini, fresh herbs and Sriracha in this street food/comfort food mashup. (One of the most popular recipes on Big Flavors!)
    • Falafel-Spiced Chickpea Salad with Tahini-Lemon Vinaigrette: This quick, simple Middle Eastern salad + homemade pita chips brings all the flavor of falafel in a fraction of the time - no deep frying required!
    • Falafel-Spiced Cucumber Bites: These cucumber bites are a healthy party appetizer recipe with major Middle Eastern flair! They're quick & easy to assemble and make a great addition to any dinner or cocktail party. These would also be perfect for game day appetizer spreads!
    • Falafel with Yogurt-Herb Sauce: Canned chickpeas are blended with spices to make crispy fritters that are stuffed into pita bread and slathered with tahini and an herb-studded yogurt sauce.
    • Fire Roasted Tomato and Black Bean Shrimp with Lime-Scented Quinoa: A mix of canned beans and tomatoes bulks up this quick seafood dish.
    • Italian-Style Veggie Polpette: Farm fresh veggies and herbs are blended with 2 types of beans to form this delicious, meat-free spin on meatballs. Perfect for Meatless Monday!
    • Latin Chicken Skillet with Black Beans + Tomatoes: You're less than 30 minutes away from serving up a delicious, homemade chicken dinner with Latin flair! And with just a handful of ingredients and a single skillet, this Latin skillet is a perfect meal for busy weeknights.
    Overhead shot of a bowl of Mango, Jicama + Black Bean Salsa with tortilla chips.
    • Mango, Jicama + Black Bean Salsa: Juicy, ripe mango and fresh lime brighten the flavors of this sweet-and-salty black bean salsa. Perfect for Cinco de Mayo, potlucks and summer BBQs!
    • Mediterranean Chickpea Salad with Lemon-Herb Vinaigrette: This quick & easy Greek-inspired chickpea salad is packed with fresh veggies and a lemony herb-studded flax vinaigrette for a delicious Omega-3 boost!
    • Polo Shevid Baghali (Persian Dill + Lima Bean Rice): Potatoes are fried in a buttery saffron mixture that help form a beautifully golden crust when this fragrant rice dish is turned out onto a platter.
    • Pork Scallopini with White Bean-Tomato Salad: Need a quick weeknight dinner? Thin cut pork is coated in panko and fried till crispy, then topped with a vibrant salad that comes together in under 20 minutes! A perfect use for canned white beans!
    Pork Scallopini with White Bean-Tomato Salad: Need a quick weeknight dinner? Thin cut pork is coated in panko and fried till crispy, then topped with a vibrant salad that comes together in just minutes! A perfect use for canned white beans!
    • Quick Chickpea Salad with Lemon-Dill Vinaigrette: This quick, hearty make-ahead salad is perfect for lunch on-the-go or as a fresh, flavorful last minute addition to any meal.
    • Roasted Sweet Potato and Black Bean Tacos with Cilantro Chimichurri: Take taco night to the next level with taco-spiced, roasted sweet potatoes, and black beans. These vegan-friendly tacos are topped with a bright cilantro chimichurri and quick-pickled red onions. Perfect for Meatless Monday, Taco Tuesday, or any other day of the week!
    • Roma Salad with Caper-Dill Vinaigrette: Chickpeas, corn, black beans, feta cheese, + sun-dried tomatoes turn salad greens into a deliciously filling meal. Top it with a tangy homemade vinaigrette!
    • Spiced Chickpea Tacos with Cilantro-Peach Relish: A sweet and tangy peach relish is the perfect topping for these taco-spiced, vegan chickpea tacos.
    • Spicy Turkey Three-Bean Chili: The best bowl of spicy turkey chili is easy to make at home! Includes tips for making it milder, freezing, and topping ideas. Perfect comfort food that's healthier than traditional recipes.
    • Tofu & Black Bean Taco Boats with Jicama Mango Salsa: Spice things up on taco night with these fruit salsa-topped tofu and black bean tacos.
    • Tuna and Orzo Lettuce Wraps with Parsley-Caper Vinaigrette: Flaky tuna is tossed with orzo, chickpeas, sun-dried tomatoes and shallots and dressed in a tangy parsley-caper vinaigrette.

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon Shop page for recommendations!

    Vietnamese Shrimp Sandwiches with Peanut Sauce

    March 5, 2020 by Ashley 2 Comments

    Vietnamese shrimp sandwich on a plate piled with pickled veggies, fresh herbs and peanut sauce.

    This post has been compensated as part of my partnership with #Foodiechats and the Georgia Peanut Commission and may contain affiliate links. As always, all opinions are 100% my own.

    This Vietnamese shrimp banh mi-inspired sandwich combines colorful quick-pickled vegetables, a sweet-and-spicy peanut sauce, fresh herbs, & tender shrimp.

    Vietnamese shrimp sandwich on a plate piled with pickled veggies, fresh herbs and peanut sauce.

    Peanuts are such a versatile ingredient. There are so many fun and interesting ways to use them beyond a standard (or grilled!) PB&J sandwich or classic peanut butter cookie recipes.

    So when Foodiechats and the Georgia Peanut Commission reached out to me about creating another recipe for National Peanut Month showing the versatility of peanuts I was very excited.

    Peanuts are Georgia's Official State Crop. Did you know that Georgia has approximately 3400 peanut farmers? The peanut industry contributes more than 50,000 jobs in Georgia. I have family in Georgia, and really enjoy learning more about the food and agricultural community there.

    My previous #PeanutPower partnerships include my recipes for Elvis-Style Challah French Toast and Peanutty Rice with Crispy Fried Shallots.

    For this latest recipe, I wanted to visit another part of the world and bring something different to the table. I decided to channel Vietnamese cuisine and make a shrimp sandwich that was a bit like a banh mi but quicker to put together.

    And I needed an excuse to slather on this deliciously rich, slightly spicy peanut sauce onto all.of.the.things.

    Bowl of Vietnamese peanut sauce with fresh herbs alongside

    My family really enjoys Asian Cuisine, and Vietnamese and Thai recipes are some of our favorites. My husband and son can both go to town on banh mi sandwiches - usually the ones made with roast pork and paté.

    But my obsession lies in all of those delicious pickled veggies and fresh herbs that come along with them.

    And while peanut sauce isn't standard on a banh mi sandwich, it's certainly present in other Vietnamese dishes, and I knew it would work beautifully slathered onto my shrimp version.

    Spreading peanut sauce onto a sliced baguette

    The sandwich isn't exactly like a banh mi (my husband was joking that we should call it a "po' mi" since it's kind of similar to a po' boy and kind of similar to a banh mi), but it was heavily influenced by it.

    Don't be intimidated by the ingredient list here - it looks like a lot, but the pieces all come together very easily. And you can make all the components ahead of time and then assemble when you're ready to eat.

    It basically comes down to 3 main bits that can all be made and refrigerated in advance, and then the sandwich assembly.

    So let's break each piece down, shall we?

    Ingredients for a Vietnamese shrimp boil on a butcher block

    Flavoring the shrimp with a shrimp boil

    When it comes to cooking the shrimp I wanted a way to add a little extra flavor without overcooking the shrimp. Shrimp cooks very quickly, and they can become rubbery if you overcook them.

    You could absolutely use pre-cooked shrimp, leftover, chilled shrimp, or even quickly sauté some shrimp in this recipe. But if you have a few minutes to spare, I promise that the flavor payoff will be fantastic if you boil them as I've described in this recipe.

    Stock pot full of spices, lemon, garlic, and onions for a shrimp boil

    This method is like what I did with my Killer Shrimp Cocktail recipe. Adding fresh citrus, onion, garlic, and dried herbs and spices to a stockpot of water and letting it boil for 10 minutes really flavors the water before you cook with it. Star anise is a staple of Vietnamese cuisine and really perfumes the water nicely.

    By the time the shrimp go in, the water already has a lot of flavor, and that flavor gets infused into the shrimp while it quickly cooks.

    Use a spider or slotted spoon to remove the shrimp from the boiling water and plunge them into a bowl of ice water to quickly stop the cooking. You can then drain the water and pop the shrimp into the fridge until you're ready to assemble your sandwiches.

    Bowl of raw shrimp with tails on

    One quick note - I like buying frozen shrimp. It's convenient to keep on hand and thaws relatively quickly. I usually put the frozen shrimp in a bowl and cover them with cold water, pop a lid on the bowl, and refrigerate it overnight.

    Then when I'm ready to make dinner the next day the shrimp is all thawed and ready to go!

    Fresh shrimp at the seafood counter has often been previously frozen and defrosted. Most types of frozen shrimp are flash-frozen shortly after being caught so that frozen shrimp is actually fresher than the "fresh" stuff at the counter.

    You can find shrimp that's already split and deveined, and then you just quickly peel the shells and tails off. This way is usually less expensive than buying fully deveined and peeled shrimp.

    When I made this recipe, I found some that were peeled and deveined but still had the tails on. I peeled the tails off while the water was boiling. No big deal.

    Carrots, cucumber, and daikon radish along with pickling spices

    Making the quick-pickled vegetables

    I am no-so-mildly obsessed with all things pickled (remember my Burrata Pizza with Prosciutto and Pickled Grapes??). I make a lot of quick pickles to go with our dinners, and I knew that method would work well for these Vietnamese shrimp sandwiches, too.

    You can slice your veggies however you like, but thin is best for the pickling liquid to do its job quickly.

    I used a vegetable peeler to get ribbons, but you could also thinly slice them with a knife. You could even use a spiralizer or the grater plate on a food processor for the carrot and daikon.

    Just keep the slices of veggies consistent in size so everything pickles at the same rate.

    Bowl of shaved carrots, cucumbers, and daikon radish

    I like to whisk together the seasoned rice vinegar, honey, sesame oil, and salt in a large bowl. If the honey doesn't dissolve into the vinegar for your pickling liquid, microwave the mixture in 15-second intervals, whisking in between each, until dissolved.

    After that mixture is ready, use a vegetable peeler to shave the cucumber, carrot, and daikon radish right into the bowl. You can really use as much or as little of each veggie as you'd like - just fill the bowl up with veggies and give them a good toss.

    Again, you can transfer the bowl into the fridge until you're ready to serve. I like the way they taste once they've been chilled for a bit, even just 10-15 minutes. They hold up well for a few days, making it perfect for leftovers!

    Bowls of pickled veggies and Vietnamese-spiced shrimp, and a piece of baguette

    Making the peanut sauce

    This peanut sauce. Oh maaaaaan. It's so, so good.

    I used a similar peanut sauce in my recipe for Vietnamese Fresh Spring Rolls with Shrimp + Peanut Sauce.

    This time around, I reduced the amount of sweetener and changed it from sugar to honey. Depending on how sweet your peanut butter is, you may want more (or none at all!) so be sure to taste your peanut sauce and adjust if necessary. Homemade peanut butter is also great in this recipe!

    Containers of Georgia peanuts, peanut oil and peanut butter

    Georgia peanuts sent over a bunch of different peanutty products, and I chose to utilize 3 of them in this recipe.

    I like a bit of crunch in my dishes, so I roughly chopped the skinless & salted peanuts to sprinkle over the Vietnamese shrimp sandwiches. They would be good stirred into the peanut sauce or even sprinkled over it when you're assembling you sandwich, too.

    For the peanut sauce, I used both the green peanut oil and the creamy peanut butter from Georgia Grinders.

    Peanut oil is great for cooking at high temperatures, making it a perfect candidate for things like deep-frying.

    The peanut butter was soooo nice and smooth and had a great flavor. It's only made with peanuts and sea salt, so it isn't sweet.

    Spoon of creamy peanut butter with peanut products in the background

    I like to sauté some minced onion, garlic, and red pepper flakes in peanut oil in a small saucepan to start the sauce. Getting a little color here infuses the oil with a lot of great flavor.

    If you don't want any spice, feel free to omit the pepper flakes. If you like things extra spicy, go ahead and add more! I used ¾ teaspoon and it had a little bit of a kick, but not so much that my 8-year-old would shy away from it.

    Once everything starts getting golden, whisk in the remaining ingredients. Bring it to a simmer just for a minute or so and transfer it to a bowl to cool down.

    The peanut sauce can hang out in the fridge if you won't be using it for a while. It comes together really quickly and is good on SO many things.

    Assembling Vietnamese shrimp sandwiches with peanut sauce

    Assembling and serving the Vietnamese shrimp sandwiches

    Once all of your components are together, all you need for assembly is a baguette and some fresh herbs.

    I like to lay down a nice layer of peanut sauce on the bottom half of my baguette. Feel free to sprinkle on some chopped peanuts if you'd like, then pile it up with some of the chilled shrimp.

    Adding pickled vegetables to a Vietnamese shrimp sandwich

    This is where those gorgeous ribbons of quick-pickled vegetables come in. Pile some on top of your shrimp (and, let's be real, if it's me I'm also gonna pile some on the side to enjoy).

    Add some fresh mint and cilantro, a sprinkling of peanuts, and dig in! Thai basil would be great here, too. You can use just one herb or a combination of a few.

    My husband also likes some sriracha mayo on these Vietnamese shrimp sandwiches. That little extra kick took it to the next level for him. To make your own, just squeeze some sriracha into a few tablespoons of mayo and stir to combine. Taste it and add more sriracha to taste, depending on how spicy you like things.

    Add as much or as little of everything as you like - I like to serve everything in bowls so everyone can help themselves and assemble their own shrimp sandwiches.

    If you aren't feeling this as a sandwich, it also makes a great salad over butter lettuce.

    One Vietnamese shrimp sandwich assembled with ingredients alongside for more

    These sandwiches SERIOUSLY knocked our socks off. They were so, so good, and really didn't take long to put together.

    Again, don't let the ingredient list intimidate you. And if you're concerned about timing, make some or all of the components ahead of time!

    Looking for more shrimp recipes? Check out some of our favorites:

    • Shrimp + Scallop Linguine with Lemon Caper Butter
    • Vietnamese Fresh Spring Rolls with Shrimp + Peanut Sauce
    • Killer Shrimp Cocktail
    • Big Shrimpin' Bacon-Wrapped Shrimp and Grit Cakes
    • Spicy Shrimp + Napa Cabbage Stir-Fry
    • Shrimp with Coconut Curry Sweet Potato Noodles
    • Smoky Shrimp with Charred Corn Salsa
    • Tequila-Lime Shrimp Tacos
    • Thai Shrimp "Alfredo"
    • Smoky Shrimp Salad with Green Goddess Dressing
    • Argentinean Red Shrimp a la Chesapeake Bay
    • Shrimp and Vegetable Fried Rice
    • Fire Roasted Tomato and Black Bean Shrimp with Lime-Scented Quinoa
    • Apricot Soy Chili Glazed Shrimp with Quinoa

    Doing some online shopping? Check out my Amazon Shop page for recommendations!

    Recipe for Vietnamese Shrimp Sandwiches with Peanut Sauce

    If you try out this recipe, please come back and give it a star rating and comment below. It helps other people find my recipes, and I'd love to know what you think of it!

    • « Previous Page
    • 1
    • 2
    • 3
    • 4
    • …
    • 35
    • Next Page »

    Hi, I'm Ashley and I’ve been writing about food & recipes here at Big Flavors from a Tiny Kitchen since 2006. I want to help you (yes, you!) gain confidence in the kitchen so you are excited to cook at home for yourself and your loved ones.

    More about me →

    Favorite Winter Recipes

    • Grandpa Henderson's Beef Stew
    • Curried Pumpkin Soup
    • Spatchcocked Turkey
    • Chicken a la King
    • Instant Pot Herbed Pot Roast
    • Roasted Honeynut Squash with Burrata, Pomegranate, + Pepitas
    • Spicy Turkey Three-Bean Chili
    • Gingerbread Pancakes with Peppermint Whipped Cream
    • Spiced Mulled Wine
    • Italian Sausage and Peppers
    • Homemade Hot Chocolate Mix
    • Homemade Cereal Mix

    Holiday Baking

    • Grandma's Cut-Out Sugar Cookies
    • Maple Cookies
    • Italian Cream Cheese and Ricotta Cheesecake
    • Peppermint Hot Chocolate Cookies
    • 125+ Holiday Cookies from Around the World
    • Italian Ricotta Cookies
    • Chai Spiced Snickerdoodle Cookies
    • Melt-in-Your-Mouth Buttermilk Chocolate Cookies

    Popular Now

    • Cast iron skillet full of chicken fajitas.
      Favorite Restaurant-Style Chicken Fajitas
    • Cooling rack of decorated cut out sugar cookies.
      Grandma's Classic Cut Out Christmas Sugar Cookie Recipe
    • Close up of a few cucumber slices topped with a spiced chickpea purée.
      Falafel-Spiced Cucumber Bites
    • Overhead view of spinach and cheddar quiche with forks.
      Baby Spinach and Cheddar Quiche Made with Fresh Spinach
    • No Mayo Deviled Eggs: Skip the mayo in this appetizer favorite - guaranteed to be a hit at any party!
      No Mayo Deviled Eggs
    • Small cutting board with sliced smoked salmon roll-ups on top.
      Smoked Salmon Roll-ups with Cream Cheese

    Footer

    ↑ back to top

    About

    • About Ashley
    • Press + Recognition
    • Events
    • Virtual Cooking Classes
    • Podcast
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy

    Newsletter

    • Sign up to receive delicious recipes and exclusive content right to your inbox!

    As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases at no added cost to you.

    ©2006–2026  BIG FLAVORS FROM A TINY KITCHEN LLC | ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

    *Third-party advertisers may collect or use non-personally identifiable information to serve you more relevant ads.